2015-05-30 23:45:22 +00:00
|
|
|
//-------------------------------------------------------- MainWindow
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "mainwindow.h"
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <cinttypes>
|
2015-03-17 17:35:39 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <limits>
|
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <functional>
|
2017-02-21 02:13:13 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <fstream>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <iterator>
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <fftw3.h>
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <QLineEdit>
|
2014-09-25 11:36:01 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <QRegExpValidator>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <QRegExp>
|
2016-06-28 15:53:50 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <QRegularExpression>
|
2014-10-04 11:47:03 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <QDesktopServices>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <QUrl>
|
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <QStandardPaths>
|
2014-10-04 11:47:03 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <QDir>
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <QDebug>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <QtConcurrent/QtConcurrentRun>
|
2015-02-15 00:48:38 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <QProgressDialog>
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <QHostInfo>
|
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <QVector>
|
2015-12-16 20:55:19 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <QCursor>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <QToolTip>
|
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <QAction>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <QActionGroup>
|
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <QSplashScreen>
|
2014-03-29 02:51:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-13 17:22:12 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "revision_utils.hpp"
|
2015-06-08 14:30:31 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "qt_helpers.hpp"
|
2016-12-04 14:17:01 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "NetworkAccessManager.hpp"
|
2013-08-07 23:09:13 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "soundout.h"
|
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "soundin.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "Modulator.hpp"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "Detector.hpp"
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "plotter.h"
|
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "echoplot.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "echograph.h"
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "fastplot.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "fastgraph.h"
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "about.h"
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "messageaveraging.h"
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "widegraph.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "sleep.h"
|
2013-03-21 17:22:32 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "logqso.h"
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8016 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:22:54 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Remove call to jtmsg.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8017 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:52:52 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Bring a simulation tool up to date.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8022 | k9an | 2017-08-13 02:35:13 +0100 (Sun, 13 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Improve efficiency of OSD by a factor of 5 to 10 for norder=2 and
3. Use norder=2 for wideband multi-decoding, norder=3 near nfqso and
nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8026 | k9an | 2017-08-14 16:00:48 +0100 (Mon, 14 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make default MSK144 amplitude polynomial flat.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8029 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 14:07:27 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Edit the advice displayed by F5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8030 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 23:34:26 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8031 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:14:51 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Improvements to the OSD to allow deeper wideband decoding.
2. Add a third decoding pass.
3. Change symbol metric from max-log to max-amplitude.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8032 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:17:23 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Delete unused array.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8033 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:21:59 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
More cleanup.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8034 | k1jt | 2017-08-24 14:38:47 +0100 (Thu, 24 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Possible pseudo-code for DXpedition auto-sequencing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8035 | k1jt | 2017-08-25 17:59:58 +0100 (Fri, 25 Aug 2017) | 4 lines
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for
subsequent regenerations.
This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until
changed back.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8036 | k1jt | 2017-08-26 17:30:47 +0100 (Sat, 26 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Use a baseline-fitting procedure to improve S/N estimates for FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8037 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 13:26:37 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix the 'Start=0 ==> S/N = -24 dB' problem.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8038 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 14:11:56 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Change magic 36 back to 37; does this break something else?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8039 | k1jt | 2017-08-28 15:32:14 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the behavior of FT8 in "NA VHF Contest mode".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8040 | k9an | 2017-08-28 22:09:44 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a potential array bounds issue in osd174.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8043 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:37 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Update AD1C cty.dat database to 14th Aug 2017 big CTY.DAT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8044 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:51 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Basic fix of auto sequencing with free text 73 messages, more to come
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8045 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:46:32 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Ensure that auto Tx is disabled when stop Tx on 73 isn't enabled and
DX call is cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8046 | k1jt | 2017-08-29 15:01:55 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Update text in User Guide related to *NA VHF Contest Mode*.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8047 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 03:27:57 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing
73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather
than being processed.
Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++
code in the logbook directory.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8048 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 14:20:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make 73 and RR73 matching of incoming messages for exact while words
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8049 | k1jt | 2017-08-30 18:06:49 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-31 00:41:52 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "decodedtext.h"
|
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "Radio.hpp"
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "Bands.hpp"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "TransceiverFactory.hpp"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "StationList.hpp"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "LiveFrequencyValidator.hpp"
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "MessageClient.hpp"
|
2015-06-09 14:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "wsprnet.h"
|
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "signalmeter.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "HelpTextWindow.hpp"
|
2015-12-24 11:41:05 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "SampleDownloader.hpp"
|
2016-01-11 15:00:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "Audio/BWFFile.hpp"
|
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "MultiSettings.hpp"
|
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "MaidenheadLocatorValidator.hpp"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "CallsignValidator.hpp"
|
2017-07-14 15:43:06 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "EqualizationToolsDialog.hpp"
|
2013-05-23 20:21:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "ui_mainwindow.h"
|
2014-04-16 15:15:46 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "moc_mainwindow.cpp"
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
extern "C" {
|
|
|
|
|
//----------------------------------------------------- C and Fortran routines
|
2016-10-04 14:01:02 +00:00
|
|
|
void symspec_(struct dec_data *, int* k, int* ntrperiod, int* nsps, int* ingain,
|
2017-03-06 15:52:09 +00:00
|
|
|
int* minw, float* px, float s[], float* df3, int* nhsym, int* npts8,
|
|
|
|
|
float *m_pxmax);
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-09-25 00:16:29 +00:00
|
|
|
void hspec_(short int d2[], int* k, int* nutc0, int* ntrperiod, int* nrxfreq, int* ntol,
|
2017-02-23 16:21:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool* bmsk144, bool* bcontest, bool* btrain, double const pcoeffs[], int* ingain,
|
|
|
|
|
char mycall[], char hiscall[], bool* bshmsg, bool* bswl, char ddir[], float green[],
|
2017-03-06 14:34:25 +00:00
|
|
|
float s[], int* jh, float *pxmax, float *rmsNoGain, char line[], char mygrid[],
|
2017-01-22 03:20:46 +00:00
|
|
|
int len1, int len2, int len3, int len4, int len5);
|
2017-03-06 14:34:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// float s[], int* jh, char line[], char mygrid[],
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void genft8_(char* msg, char* MyGrid, bool* bcontest, int* i3bit, char* msgsent,
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
char ft8msgbits[], int itone[], int len1, int len2, int len3);
|
2017-06-19 20:38:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
void gen4_(char* msg, int* ichk, char* msgsent, int itone[],
|
|
|
|
|
int* itext, int len1, int len2);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void gen9_(char* msg, int* ichk, char* msgsent, int itone[],
|
|
|
|
|
int* itext, int len1, int len2);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-09-30 15:55:53 +00:00
|
|
|
void genmsk144_(char* msg, char* MyGrid, int* ichk, bool* bcontest,
|
|
|
|
|
char* msgsent, int itone[], int* itext, int len1,
|
|
|
|
|
int len2, int len3);
|
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
void gen65_(char* msg, int* ichk, char* msgsent, int itone[],
|
|
|
|
|
int* itext, int len1, int len2);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-02 12:15:41 +00:00
|
|
|
void genqra64_(char* msg, int* ichk, char* msgsent, int itone[],
|
2016-06-28 14:56:02 +00:00
|
|
|
int* itext, int len1, int len2);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
void genwspr_(char* msg, char* msgsent, int itone[], int len1, int len2);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-17 13:13:11 +00:00
|
|
|
void genwspr_fsk8_(char* msg, char* msgsent, int itone[], int len1, int len2);
|
2017-05-11 19:56:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
void geniscat_(char* msg, char* msgsent, int itone[], int len1, int len2);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void azdist_(char* MyGrid, char* HisGrid, double* utch, int* nAz, int* nEl,
|
|
|
|
|
int* nDmiles, int* nDkm, int* nHotAz, int* nHotABetter,
|
|
|
|
|
int len1, int len2);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void morse_(char* msg, int* icw, int* ncw, int len);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int ptt_(int nport, int ntx, int* iptt, int* nopen);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wspr_downsample_(short int d2[], int* k);
|
2017-01-04 19:07:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-08-29 17:01:38 +00:00
|
|
|
int savec2_(char* fname, int* TR_seconds, double* dial_freq, int len1);
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void avecho_( short id2[], int* dop, int* nfrit, int* nqual, float* f1,
|
|
|
|
|
float* level, float* sigdb, float* snr, float* dfreq,
|
|
|
|
|
float* width);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-12-30 20:26:59 +00:00
|
|
|
void fast_decode_(short id2[], int narg[], int* ntrperiod,
|
2016-09-01 21:50:52 +00:00
|
|
|
char msg[], char mycall[], char hiscall[],
|
2016-10-16 17:36:00 +00:00
|
|
|
int len1, int len2, int len3);
|
2016-02-23 19:37:38 +00:00
|
|
|
void degrade_snr_(short d2[], int* n, float* db, float* bandwidth);
|
2017-01-04 19:07:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
|
|
|
void wav12_(short d2[], short d1[], int* nbytes, short* nbitsam2);
|
2017-01-04 19:07:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void refspectrum_(short int d2[], bool* bclearrefspec,
|
2017-07-03 15:21:38 +00:00
|
|
|
bool* brefspec, bool* buseref, const char* c_fname, int len);
|
2017-01-04 19:07:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-01-05 18:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
void freqcal_(short d2[], int* k, int* nkhz,int* noffset, int* ntol,
|
|
|
|
|
char line[], int len);
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void fix_contest_msg_(char* MyGrid, char* msg, int len1, int len2);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void calibrate_(char data_dir[], int* iz, double* a, double* b, double* rms,
|
|
|
|
|
double* sigmaa, double* sigmab, int* irc, int len1);
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
int volatile itone[NUM_ISCAT_SYMBOLS]; //Audio tones for all Tx symbols
|
|
|
|
|
char volatile ft8msgbits[75]; //packed 75 bit ft8 message
|
|
|
|
|
int volatile icw[NUM_CW_SYMBOLS]; //Dits for CW ID
|
2016-10-13 16:19:24 +00:00
|
|
|
struct dec_data dec_data; // for sharing with Fortran
|
2013-08-05 13:57:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-05-24 12:36:41 +00:00
|
|
|
int outBufSize;
|
2013-03-11 15:51:44 +00:00
|
|
|
int rc;
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
qint32 g_iptt {0};
|
2013-03-11 15:51:44 +00:00
|
|
|
wchar_t buffer[256];
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
float fast_green[703];
|
|
|
|
|
float fast_green2[703];
|
|
|
|
|
float fast_s[44992]; //44992=64*703
|
|
|
|
|
float fast_s2[44992];
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
int fast_jh {0};
|
2017-03-06 14:34:25 +00:00
|
|
|
int fast_jhpeak {0};
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
int fast_jh2 {0};
|
2016-02-03 20:23:52 +00:00
|
|
|
int narg[15];
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
QVector<QColor> g_ColorTbl;
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
namespace
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
Radio::Frequency constexpr default_frequency {14076000};
|
2016-01-15 21:53:27 +00:00
|
|
|
QRegExp message_alphabet {"[- @A-Za-z0-9+./?#<>]*"};
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
// grid exact match excluding RR73
|
|
|
|
|
QRegularExpression grid_regexp {"\\A(?![Rr]{2}73)[A-Ra-r]{2}[0-9]{2}([A-Xa-x]{2}){0,1}\\z"};
|
2015-03-17 14:59:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool message_is_73 (int type, QStringList const& msg_parts)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
return type >= 0
|
|
|
|
|
&& (((type < 6 || 7 == type)
|
|
|
|
|
&& (msg_parts.contains ("73") || msg_parts.contains ("RR73")))
|
|
|
|
|
|| (type == 6 && !msg_parts.filter ("73").isEmpty ()));
|
2015-03-17 14:59:19 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-07-04 02:31:50 +00:00
|
|
|
int ms_minute_error ()
|
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
auto const& now = QDateTime::currentDateTime ();
|
|
|
|
|
auto const& time = now.time ();
|
2016-07-04 02:31:50 +00:00
|
|
|
auto second = time.second ();
|
|
|
|
|
return now.msecsTo (now.addSecs (second > 30 ? 60 - second : -second)) - time.msec ();
|
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-01-30 18:40:16 +00:00
|
|
|
//--------------------------------------------------- MainWindow constructor
|
2016-04-20 21:59:22 +00:00
|
|
|
MainWindow::MainWindow(QDir const& temp_directory, bool multiple,
|
|
|
|
|
MultiSettings * multi_settings, QSharedMemory *shdmem,
|
2016-12-04 14:17:01 +00:00
|
|
|
unsigned downSampleFactor,
|
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
|
|
|
QSplashScreen * splash, QWidget *parent) :
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
QMainWindow(parent),
|
2016-12-04 14:17:01 +00:00
|
|
|
m_network_manager {this},
|
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
|
|
|
m_valid {true},
|
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
|
|
|
m_splash {splash},
|
2015-02-22 00:20:42 +00:00
|
|
|
m_revision {revision ()},
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
m_multiple {multiple},
|
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_multi_settings {multi_settings},
|
2016-09-11 01:09:50 +00:00
|
|
|
m_configurations_button {0},
|
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings {multi_settings->settings ()},
|
2013-08-05 13:57:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ui(new Ui::MainWindow),
|
2016-04-20 21:59:22 +00:00
|
|
|
m_config {temp_directory, m_settings, this},
|
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_WSPR_band_hopping {m_settings, &m_config, this},
|
2015-07-07 19:02:25 +00:00
|
|
|
m_WSPR_tx_next {false},
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_rigErrorMessageBox {MessageBox::Critical, tr ("Rig Control Error")
|
|
|
|
|
, MessageBox::Cancel | MessageBox::Ok | MessageBox::Retry},
|
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_wideGraph (new WideGraph(m_settings)),
|
|
|
|
|
m_echoGraph (new EchoGraph(m_settings)),
|
|
|
|
|
m_fastGraph (new FastGraph(m_settings)),
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_logDlg (new LogQSO (program_title (), m_settings, &m_config, this)),
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
m_lastDialFreq {0},
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
m_dialFreqRxWSPR {0},
|
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
|
|
|
m_detector {new Detector {RX_SAMPLE_RATE, NTMAX, downSampleFactor}},
|
|
|
|
|
m_FFTSize {6192 / 2}, // conservative value to avoid buffer overruns
|
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_soundInput {new SoundInput},
|
|
|
|
|
m_modulator {new Modulator {TX_SAMPLE_RATE, NTMAX}},
|
|
|
|
|
m_soundOutput {new SoundOutput},
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
m_msErase {0},
|
|
|
|
|
m_secBandChanged {0},
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
m_freqNominal {0},
|
|
|
|
|
m_freqTxNominal {0},
|
2016-06-11 18:50:41 +00:00
|
|
|
m_s6 {0.},
|
|
|
|
|
m_tRemaining {0.},
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
m_DTtol {3.0},
|
|
|
|
|
m_waterfallAvg {1},
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx {1},
|
2017-05-12 20:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_gen_message_is_cq {false},
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_send_RR73 {false},
|
2015-06-09 16:56:49 +00:00
|
|
|
m_XIT {0},
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
m_sec0 {-1},
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_RxLog {1}, //Write Date and Time to RxLog
|
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
|
|
|
m_nutc0 {999999},
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntr {0},
|
|
|
|
|
m_tx {0},
|
|
|
|
|
m_TRperiod {60},
|
|
|
|
|
m_inGain {0},
|
|
|
|
|
m_secID {0},
|
2016-07-08 20:45:45 +00:00
|
|
|
m_idleMinutes {0},
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
m_nSubMode {0},
|
|
|
|
|
m_nclearave {1},
|
2015-06-04 01:45:40 +00:00
|
|
|
m_pctx {0},
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
m_nseq {0},
|
|
|
|
|
m_nWSPRdecodes {0},
|
|
|
|
|
m_k0 {9999999},
|
|
|
|
|
m_nPick {0},
|
2017-01-09 22:54:32 +00:00
|
|
|
m_frequency_list_fcal_iter {m_config.frequencies ()->begin ()},
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
m_nTx73 {0},
|
|
|
|
|
m_btxok {false},
|
2014-04-11 22:50:44 +00:00
|
|
|
m_diskData {false},
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
m_loopall {false},
|
|
|
|
|
m_txFirst {false},
|
|
|
|
|
m_auto {false},
|
|
|
|
|
m_restart {false},
|
|
|
|
|
m_startAnother {false},
|
|
|
|
|
m_saveDecoded {false},
|
|
|
|
|
m_saveAll {false},
|
|
|
|
|
m_widebandDecode {false},
|
|
|
|
|
m_dataAvailable {false},
|
|
|
|
|
m_blankLine {false},
|
|
|
|
|
m_decodedText2 {false},
|
|
|
|
|
m_freeText {false},
|
2015-03-17 14:59:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_sentFirst73 {false},
|
|
|
|
|
m_currentMessageType {-1},
|
|
|
|
|
m_lastMessageType {-1},
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_holdTxFreq {false},
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bShMsgs {false},
|
2016-12-30 21:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bSWL {false},
|
2015-06-09 14:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
m_uploading {false},
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
m_txNext {false},
|
|
|
|
|
m_grid6 {false},
|
2015-06-12 19:03:37 +00:00
|
|
|
m_tuneup {false},
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bTxTime {false},
|
|
|
|
|
m_rxDone {false},
|
2015-06-11 22:42:41 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bSimplex {false},
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bEchoTxOK {false},
|
|
|
|
|
m_bTransmittedEcho {false},
|
|
|
|
|
m_bEchoTxed {false},
|
|
|
|
|
m_bFastDecodeCalled {false},
|
|
|
|
|
m_bDoubleClickAfterCQnnn {false},
|
|
|
|
|
m_bRefSpec {false},
|
2016-12-24 20:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bClearRefSpec {false},
|
2017-01-15 21:43:40 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bTrain {false},
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bAutoReply {false},
|
|
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress {CALLING},
|
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ihsym {0},
|
|
|
|
|
m_nzap {0},
|
|
|
|
|
m_px {0.0},
|
|
|
|
|
m_iptt0 {0},
|
|
|
|
|
m_btxok0 {false},
|
|
|
|
|
m_nsendingsh {0},
|
|
|
|
|
m_onAirFreq0 {0.0},
|
|
|
|
|
m_first_error {true},
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
tx_status_label {"Receiving"},
|
2016-12-04 14:17:01 +00:00
|
|
|
wsprNet {new WSPRNet {&m_network_manager, this}},
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
m_appDir {QApplication::applicationDirPath ()},
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
m_palette {"Linrad"},
|
|
|
|
|
m_mode {"JT9"},
|
|
|
|
|
m_rpt {"-15"},
|
|
|
|
|
m_pfx {
|
|
|
|
|
"1A", "1S",
|
|
|
|
|
"3A", "3B6", "3B8", "3B9", "3C", "3C0", "3D2", "3D2C",
|
|
|
|
|
"3D2R", "3DA", "3V", "3W", "3X", "3Y", "3YB", "3YP",
|
|
|
|
|
"4J", "4L", "4S", "4U1I", "4U1U", "4W", "4X",
|
|
|
|
|
"5A", "5B", "5H", "5N", "5R", "5T", "5U", "5V", "5W", "5X", "5Z",
|
|
|
|
|
"6W", "6Y",
|
|
|
|
|
"7O", "7P", "7Q", "7X",
|
|
|
|
|
"8P", "8Q", "8R",
|
|
|
|
|
"9A", "9G", "9H", "9J", "9K", "9L", "9M2", "9M6", "9N",
|
|
|
|
|
"9Q", "9U", "9V", "9X", "9Y",
|
|
|
|
|
"A2", "A3", "A4", "A5", "A6", "A7", "A9", "AP",
|
|
|
|
|
"BS7", "BV", "BV9", "BY",
|
|
|
|
|
"C2", "C3", "C5", "C6", "C9", "CE", "CE0X", "CE0Y",
|
|
|
|
|
"CE0Z", "CE9", "CM", "CN", "CP", "CT", "CT3", "CU",
|
|
|
|
|
"CX", "CY0", "CY9",
|
|
|
|
|
"D2", "D4", "D6", "DL", "DU",
|
|
|
|
|
"E3", "E4", "E5", "EA", "EA6", "EA8", "EA9", "EI", "EK",
|
|
|
|
|
"EL", "EP", "ER", "ES", "ET", "EU", "EX", "EY", "EZ",
|
|
|
|
|
"F", "FG", "FH", "FJ", "FK", "FKC", "FM", "FO", "FOA",
|
|
|
|
|
"FOC", "FOM", "FP", "FR", "FRG", "FRJ", "FRT", "FT5W",
|
|
|
|
|
"FT5X", "FT5Z", "FW", "FY",
|
|
|
|
|
"M", "MD", "MI", "MJ", "MM", "MU", "MW",
|
|
|
|
|
"H4", "H40", "HA", "HB", "HB0", "HC", "HC8", "HH",
|
|
|
|
|
"HI", "HK", "HK0", "HK0M", "HL", "HM", "HP", "HR",
|
|
|
|
|
"HS", "HV", "HZ",
|
|
|
|
|
"I", "IS", "IS0",
|
|
|
|
|
"J2", "J3", "J5", "J6", "J7", "J8", "JA", "JDM",
|
|
|
|
|
"JDO", "JT", "JW", "JX", "JY",
|
|
|
|
|
"K", "KC4", "KG4", "KH0", "KH1", "KH2", "KH3", "KH4", "KH5",
|
|
|
|
|
"KH5K", "KH6", "KH7", "KH8", "KH9", "KL", "KP1", "KP2",
|
|
|
|
|
"KP4", "KP5",
|
|
|
|
|
"LA", "LU", "LX", "LY", "LZ",
|
|
|
|
|
"OA", "OD", "OE", "OH", "OH0", "OJ0", "OK", "OM", "ON",
|
|
|
|
|
"OX", "OY", "OZ",
|
|
|
|
|
"P2", "P4", "PA", "PJ2", "PJ7", "PY", "PY0F", "PT0S", "PY0T", "PZ",
|
|
|
|
|
"R1F", "R1M",
|
|
|
|
|
"S0", "S2", "S5", "S7", "S9", "SM", "SP", "ST", "SU",
|
|
|
|
|
"SV", "SVA", "SV5", "SV9",
|
|
|
|
|
"T2", "T30", "T31", "T32", "T33", "T5", "T7", "T8", "T9", "TA",
|
|
|
|
|
"TF", "TG", "TI", "TI9", "TJ", "TK", "TL", "TN", "TR", "TT",
|
|
|
|
|
"TU", "TY", "TZ",
|
|
|
|
|
"UA", "UA2", "UA9", "UK", "UN", "UR",
|
|
|
|
|
"V2", "V3", "V4", "V5", "V6", "V7", "V8", "VE", "VK", "VK0H",
|
|
|
|
|
"VK0M", "VK9C", "VK9L", "VK9M", "VK9N", "VK9W", "VK9X", "VP2E",
|
|
|
|
|
"VP2M", "VP2V", "VP5", "VP6", "VP6D", "VP8", "VP8G", "VP8H",
|
|
|
|
|
"VP8O", "VP8S", "VP9", "VQ9", "VR", "VU", "VU4", "VU7",
|
|
|
|
|
"XE", "XF4", "XT", "XU", "XW", "XX9", "XZ",
|
|
|
|
|
"YA", "YB", "YI", "YJ", "YK", "YL", "YN", "YO", "YS", "YU", "YV", "YV0",
|
|
|
|
|
"Z2", "Z3", "ZA", "ZB", "ZC4", "ZD7", "ZD8", "ZD9", "ZF", "ZK1N",
|
|
|
|
|
"ZK1S", "ZK2", "ZK3", "ZL", "ZL7", "ZL8", "ZL9", "ZP", "ZS", "ZS8"
|
|
|
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
|
m_sfx {"P", "0", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "A"},
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
mem_jt9 {shdmem},
|
2013-09-27 01:06:23 +00:00
|
|
|
m_msAudioOutputBuffered (0u),
|
|
|
|
|
m_framesAudioInputBuffered (RX_SAMPLE_RATE / 10),
|
2013-10-04 19:00:29 +00:00
|
|
|
m_downSampleFactor (downSampleFactor),
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
m_audioThreadPriority (QThread::HighPriority),
|
|
|
|
|
m_bandEdited {false},
|
|
|
|
|
m_splitMode {false},
|
|
|
|
|
m_monitoring {false},
|
2017-07-01 00:19:58 +00:00
|
|
|
m_tx_when_ready {false},
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
m_transmitting {false},
|
|
|
|
|
m_tune {false},
|
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
|
|
|
m_tx_watchdog {false},
|
2015-12-16 20:55:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_block_pwr_tooltip {false},
|
2016-10-25 20:24:09 +00:00
|
|
|
m_PwrBandSetOK {true},
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
m_lastMonitoredFrequency {default_frequency},
|
2015-02-15 00:48:38 +00:00
|
|
|
m_toneSpacing {0.},
|
|
|
|
|
m_firstDecode {0},
|
|
|
|
|
m_optimizingProgress {"Optimizing decoder FFTs for your CPU.\n"
|
|
|
|
|
"Please be patient,\n"
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
"this may take a few minutes", QString {}, 0, 1, this},
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_messageClient {new MessageClient {QApplication::applicationName (),
|
2016-12-04 00:55:15 +00:00
|
|
|
version (), revision (),
|
|
|
|
|
m_config.udp_server_name (), m_config.udp_server_port (),
|
|
|
|
|
this}},
|
2016-01-02 22:30:12 +00:00
|
|
|
psk_Reporter {new PSK_Reporter {m_messageClient, this}},
|
2016-12-04 14:17:01 +00:00
|
|
|
m_manual {&m_network_manager}
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
ui->setupUi(this);
|
2016-10-28 17:15:04 +00:00
|
|
|
createStatusBar();
|
2016-07-06 20:16:38 +00:00
|
|
|
add_child_to_event_filter (this);
|
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->dxGridEntry->setValidator (new MaidenheadLocatorValidator {this});
|
|
|
|
|
ui->dxCallEntry->setValidator (new CallsignValidator {this});
|
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->sbTR->values ({5, 10, 15, 30});
|
2013-08-07 23:09:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
m_baseCall = Radio::base_callsign (m_config.my_callsign ());
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-02-15 00:48:38 +00:00
|
|
|
m_optimizingProgress.setWindowModality (Qt::WindowModal);
|
|
|
|
|
m_optimizingProgress.setAutoReset (false);
|
|
|
|
|
m_optimizingProgress.setMinimumDuration (15000); // only show after 15s delay
|
|
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
// Closedown.
|
|
|
|
|
connect (ui->actionExit, &QAction::triggered, this, &QMainWindow::close);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// parts of the rig error message box that are fixed
|
|
|
|
|
m_rigErrorMessageBox.setInformativeText (tr ("Do you want to reconfigure the radio interface?"));
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_rigErrorMessageBox.setDefaultButton (MessageBox::Ok);
|
2013-08-07 23:09:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-08-17 19:21:14 +00:00
|
|
|
// start audio thread and hook up slots & signals for shutdown management
|
|
|
|
|
// these objects need to be in the audio thread so that invoking
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
// their slots is done in a thread safe way
|
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_soundOutput->moveToThread (&m_audioThread);
|
|
|
|
|
m_modulator->moveToThread (&m_audioThread);
|
|
|
|
|
m_soundInput->moveToThread (&m_audioThread);
|
|
|
|
|
m_detector->moveToThread (&m_audioThread);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// hook up sound output stream slots & signals and disposal
|
|
|
|
|
connect (this, &MainWindow::initializeAudioOutputStream, m_soundOutput, &SoundOutput::setFormat);
|
|
|
|
|
connect (m_soundOutput, &SoundOutput::error, this, &MainWindow::showSoundOutError);
|
|
|
|
|
// connect (m_soundOutput, &SoundOutput::status, this, &MainWindow::showStatusMessage);
|
|
|
|
|
connect (this, &MainWindow::outAttenuationChanged, m_soundOutput, &SoundOutput::setAttenuation);
|
|
|
|
|
connect (&m_audioThread, &QThread::finished, m_soundOutput, &QObject::deleteLater);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// hook up Modulator slots and disposal
|
|
|
|
|
connect (this, &MainWindow::transmitFrequency, m_modulator, &Modulator::setFrequency);
|
|
|
|
|
connect (this, &MainWindow::endTransmitMessage, m_modulator, &Modulator::stop);
|
|
|
|
|
connect (this, &MainWindow::tune, m_modulator, &Modulator::tune);
|
|
|
|
|
connect (this, &MainWindow::sendMessage, m_modulator, &Modulator::start);
|
|
|
|
|
connect (&m_audioThread, &QThread::finished, m_modulator, &QObject::deleteLater);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// hook up the audio input stream signals, slots and disposal
|
|
|
|
|
connect (this, &MainWindow::startAudioInputStream, m_soundInput, &SoundInput::start);
|
|
|
|
|
connect (this, &MainWindow::suspendAudioInputStream, m_soundInput, &SoundInput::suspend);
|
|
|
|
|
connect (this, &MainWindow::resumeAudioInputStream, m_soundInput, &SoundInput::resume);
|
|
|
|
|
connect (this, &MainWindow::finished, m_soundInput, &SoundInput::stop);
|
|
|
|
|
connect(m_soundInput, &SoundInput::error, this, &MainWindow::showSoundInError);
|
|
|
|
|
// connect(m_soundInput, &SoundInput::status, this, &MainWindow::showStatusMessage);
|
|
|
|
|
connect (&m_audioThread, &QThread::finished, m_soundInput, &QObject::deleteLater);
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
connect (this, &MainWindow::finished, this, &MainWindow::close);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
// hook up the detector signals, slots and disposal
|
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
|
|
|
connect (this, &MainWindow::FFTSize, m_detector, &Detector::setBlockSize);
|
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
connect(m_detector, &Detector::framesWritten, this, &MainWindow::dataSink);
|
|
|
|
|
connect (&m_audioThread, &QThread::finished, m_detector, &QObject::deleteLater);
|
2013-08-17 19:21:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
// setup the waterfall
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
connect(m_wideGraph.data (), SIGNAL(freezeDecode2(int)),this,SLOT(freezeDecode(int)));
|
|
|
|
|
connect(m_wideGraph.data (), SIGNAL(f11f12(int)),this,SLOT(bumpFqso(int)));
|
|
|
|
|
connect(m_wideGraph.data (), SIGNAL(setXIT2(int)),this,SLOT(setXIT(int)));
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
|
|
|
connect (m_fastGraph.data (), &FastGraph::fastPick, this, &MainWindow::fastPick);
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
connect (this, &MainWindow::finished, m_wideGraph.data (), &WideGraph::close);
|
2015-06-04 17:16:55 +00:00
|
|
|
connect (this, &MainWindow::finished, m_echoGraph.data (), &EchoGraph::close);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
connect (this, &MainWindow::finished, m_fastGraph.data (), &FastGraph::close);
|
2015-06-04 17:16:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
// setup the log QSO dialog
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
connect (m_logDlg.data (), &LogQSO::acceptQSO, this, &MainWindow::acceptQSO2);
|
|
|
|
|
connect (this, &MainWindow::finished, m_logDlg.data (), &LogQSO::close);
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
// Network message handlers
|
|
|
|
|
connect (m_messageClient, &MessageClient::reply, this, &MainWindow::replyToCQ);
|
|
|
|
|
connect (m_messageClient, &MessageClient::replay, this, &MainWindow::replayDecodes);
|
2015-05-06 22:25:56 +00:00
|
|
|
connect (m_messageClient, &MessageClient::halt_tx, [this] (bool auto_only) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_config.accept_udp_requests ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (auto_only) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (ui->autoButton->isChecked ()) {
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->autoButton->click();
|
2015-05-06 22:25:56 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->stopTxButton->click();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
});
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
connect (m_messageClient, &MessageClient::error, this, &MainWindow::networkError);
|
2015-05-28 17:33:39 +00:00
|
|
|
connect (m_messageClient, &MessageClient::free_text, [this] (QString const& text, bool send) {
|
2015-07-27 11:34:11 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_config.accept_udp_requests ()) {
|
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
|
|
|
tx_watchdog (false);
|
2015-07-27 11:34:11 +00:00
|
|
|
// send + non-empty text means set and send the free text
|
|
|
|
|
// message, !send + non-empty text means set the current free
|
|
|
|
|
// text message, send + empty text means send the current free
|
|
|
|
|
// text message without change, !send + empty text means clear
|
|
|
|
|
// the current free text message
|
|
|
|
|
if (0 == ui->tabWidget->currentIndex ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (!text.isEmpty ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->tx5->setCurrentText (text);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (send) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->txb5->click ();
|
|
|
|
|
} else if (text.isEmpty ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->tx5->setCurrentText (text);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else if (1 == ui->tabWidget->currentIndex ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (!text.isEmpty ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->freeTextMsg->setCurrentText (text);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (send) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->rbFreeText->click ();
|
|
|
|
|
} else if (text.isEmpty ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->freeTextMsg->setCurrentText (text);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-05-06 22:25:56 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
|
|
|
QApplication::alert (this);
|
2015-05-06 22:25:56 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-07-27 11:34:11 +00:00
|
|
|
});
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-06-04 01:45:40 +00:00
|
|
|
// Hook up WSPR band hopping
|
|
|
|
|
connect (ui->band_hopping_schedule_push_button, &QPushButton::clicked
|
|
|
|
|
, &m_WSPR_band_hopping, &WSPRBandHopping::show_dialog);
|
|
|
|
|
connect (ui->sbTxPercent, static_cast<void (QSpinBox::*) (int)> (&QSpinBox::valueChanged)
|
|
|
|
|
, &m_WSPR_band_hopping, &WSPRBandHopping::set_tx_percent);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
on_EraseButton_clicked ();
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QActionGroup* modeGroup = new QActionGroup(this);
|
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionFT8->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionJT9->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
|
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionJT65->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionJT9_JT65->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionJT4->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
|
2016-10-20 15:43:03 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionWSPR->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
|
2017-04-28 16:49:09 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionWSPR_LF->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
|
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionEcho->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionISCAT->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
|
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionMSK144->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
|
2016-07-02 12:15:41 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionQRA64->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
|
2017-01-03 21:37:38 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionFreqCal->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QActionGroup* saveGroup = new QActionGroup(this);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionNone->setActionGroup(saveGroup);
|
2012-10-30 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionSave_decoded->setActionGroup(saveGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionSave_all->setActionGroup(saveGroup);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QActionGroup* DepthGroup = new QActionGroup(this);
|
2012-10-31 18:33:56 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionQuickDecode->setActionGroup(DepthGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionMediumDecode->setActionGroup(DepthGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionDeepestDecode->setActionGroup(DepthGroup);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-12-04 14:17:01 +00:00
|
|
|
connect (ui->download_samples_action, &QAction::triggered, [this] () {
|
2015-12-24 11:41:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!m_sampleDownloader)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-12-04 14:17:01 +00:00
|
|
|
m_sampleDownloader.reset (new SampleDownloader {m_settings, &m_config, &m_network_manager, this});
|
2015-12-24 11:41:05 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
m_sampleDownloader->show ();
|
|
|
|
|
});
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-02-21 02:13:13 +00:00
|
|
|
connect (ui->view_phase_response_action, &QAction::triggered, [this] () {
|
2017-07-14 15:43:06 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!m_equalizationToolsDialog)
|
2017-02-21 02:13:13 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-07-14 15:43:06 +00:00
|
|
|
m_equalizationToolsDialog.reset (new EqualizationToolsDialog {m_settings, m_config.writeable_data_dir (), m_phaseEqCoefficients, this});
|
|
|
|
|
connect (m_equalizationToolsDialog.data (), &EqualizationToolsDialog::phase_equalization_changed,
|
2017-02-23 16:21:26 +00:00
|
|
|
[this] (QVector<double> const& coeffs) {
|
2017-02-21 02:13:13 +00:00
|
|
|
m_phaseEqCoefficients = coeffs;
|
|
|
|
|
});
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-07-14 15:43:06 +00:00
|
|
|
m_equalizationToolsDialog->show ();
|
2017-02-21 02:13:13 +00:00
|
|
|
});
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
QButtonGroup* txMsgButtonGroup = new QButtonGroup {this};
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
txMsgButtonGroup->addButton(ui->txrb1,1);
|
|
|
|
|
txMsgButtonGroup->addButton(ui->txrb2,2);
|
|
|
|
|
txMsgButtonGroup->addButton(ui->txrb3,3);
|
|
|
|
|
txMsgButtonGroup->addButton(ui->txrb4,4);
|
|
|
|
|
txMsgButtonGroup->addButton(ui->txrb5,5);
|
|
|
|
|
txMsgButtonGroup->addButton(ui->txrb6,6);
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
set_dateTimeQSO(-1);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
connect(txMsgButtonGroup,SIGNAL(buttonClicked(int)),SLOT(set_ntx(int)));
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
connect (ui->decodedTextBrowser2, &DisplayText::selectCallsign, this, &MainWindow::doubleClickOnCall);
|
|
|
|
|
connect (ui->decodedTextBrowser, &DisplayText::selectCallsign, this, &MainWindow::doubleClickOnCall2);
|
|
|
|
|
connect (ui->decodedTextBrowser, &DisplayText::erased, this, &MainWindow::band_activity_cleared);
|
|
|
|
|
connect (ui->decodedTextBrowser2, &DisplayText::erased, this, &MainWindow::rx_frequency_activity_cleared);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-09-09 19:36:07 +00:00
|
|
|
// initialize decoded text font and hook up font change signals
|
|
|
|
|
// defer initialization until after construction otherwise menu
|
|
|
|
|
// fonts do not get set
|
|
|
|
|
QTimer::singleShot (0, this, SLOT (initialize_fonts ()));
|
|
|
|
|
connect (&m_config, &Configuration::text_font_changed, [this] (QFont const& font) {
|
|
|
|
|
set_application_font (font);
|
|
|
|
|
});
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
connect (&m_config, &Configuration::decoded_text_font_changed, [this] (QFont const& font) {
|
|
|
|
|
setDecodedTextFont (font);
|
|
|
|
|
});
|
2013-08-11 11:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-13 17:22:12 +00:00
|
|
|
setWindowTitle (program_title ());
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
|
|
|
connect(&proc_jt9, &QProcess::readyReadStandardOutput, this, &MainWindow::readFromStdout);
|
|
|
|
|
connect(&proc_jt9, static_cast<void (QProcess::*) (QProcess::ProcessError)> (&QProcess::error),
|
|
|
|
|
[this] (QProcess::ProcessError error) {
|
|
|
|
|
subProcessError (&proc_jt9, error);
|
|
|
|
|
});
|
|
|
|
|
connect(&proc_jt9, static_cast<void (QProcess::*) (int, QProcess::ExitStatus)> (&QProcess::finished),
|
|
|
|
|
[this] (int exitCode, QProcess::ExitStatus status) {
|
|
|
|
|
subProcessFailed (&proc_jt9, exitCode, status);
|
|
|
|
|
});
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
connect(&p1, &QProcess::readyReadStandardOutput, this, &MainWindow::p1ReadFromStdout);
|
|
|
|
|
connect(&proc_jt9, static_cast<void (QProcess::*) (QProcess::ProcessError)> (&QProcess::error),
|
|
|
|
|
[this] (QProcess::ProcessError error) {
|
|
|
|
|
subProcessError (&p1, error);
|
|
|
|
|
});
|
|
|
|
|
connect(&p1, static_cast<void (QProcess::*) (int, QProcess::ExitStatus)> (&QProcess::finished),
|
|
|
|
|
[this] (int exitCode, QProcess::ExitStatus status) {
|
|
|
|
|
subProcessFailed (&p1, exitCode, status);
|
|
|
|
|
});
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
connect(&p3, static_cast<void (QProcess::*) (QProcess::ProcessError)> (&QProcess::error),
|
|
|
|
|
[this] (QProcess::ProcessError error) {
|
|
|
|
|
subProcessError (&p3, error);
|
|
|
|
|
});
|
|
|
|
|
connect(&p3, static_cast<void (QProcess::*) (int, QProcess::ExitStatus)> (&QProcess::finished),
|
|
|
|
|
[this] (int exitCode, QProcess::ExitStatus status) {
|
|
|
|
|
subProcessFailed (&p3, exitCode, status);
|
|
|
|
|
});
|
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
// hook up save WAV file exit handling
|
|
|
|
|
connect (&m_saveWAVWatcher, &QFutureWatcher<QString>::finished, [this] {
|
|
|
|
|
// extract the promise from the future
|
|
|
|
|
auto const& result = m_saveWAVWatcher.future ().result ();
|
|
|
|
|
if (!result.isEmpty ()) // error
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
MessageBox::critical_message (this, tr("Error Writing WAV File"), result);
|
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
});
|
|
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
// Hook up working frequencies.
|
|
|
|
|
ui->bandComboBox->setModel (m_config.frequencies ());
|
2017-08-09 16:10:08 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->bandComboBox->setModelColumn (FrequencyList_v2::frequency_mhz_column);
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
// combo box drop down width defaults to the line edit + decorator width,
|
|
|
|
|
// here we change that to the column width size hint of the model column
|
2017-08-09 16:10:08 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->bandComboBox->view ()->setMinimumWidth (ui->bandComboBox->view ()->sizeHintForColumn (FrequencyList_v2::frequency_mhz_column));
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Enable live band combo box entry validation and action.
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
auto band_validator = new LiveFrequencyValidator {ui->bandComboBox
|
|
|
|
|
, m_config.bands ()
|
|
|
|
|
, m_config.frequencies ()
|
|
|
|
|
, &m_freqNominal
|
|
|
|
|
, this};
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->bandComboBox->setValidator (band_validator);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Hook up signals.
|
|
|
|
|
connect (band_validator, &LiveFrequencyValidator::valid, this, &MainWindow::band_changed);
|
|
|
|
|
connect (ui->bandComboBox->lineEdit (), &QLineEdit::textEdited, [this] (QString const&) {m_bandEdited = true;});
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// hook up configuration signals
|
|
|
|
|
connect (&m_config, &Configuration::transceiver_update, this, &MainWindow::handle_transceiver_update);
|
|
|
|
|
connect (&m_config, &Configuration::transceiver_failure, this, &MainWindow::handle_transceiver_failure);
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
connect (&m_config, &Configuration::udp_server_changed, m_messageClient, &MessageClient::set_server);
|
|
|
|
|
connect (&m_config, &Configuration::udp_server_port_changed, m_messageClient, &MessageClient::set_server_port);
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
|
|
|
// set up configurations menu
|
2016-10-28 17:15:04 +00:00
|
|
|
connect (m_multi_settings, &MultiSettings::configurationNameChanged, [this] (QString const& name) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ("Default" != name) {
|
|
|
|
|
config_label.setText (name);
|
|
|
|
|
config_label.show ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
|
config_label.hide ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
});
|
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_multi_settings->create_menu_actions (this, ui->menuConfig);
|
2016-09-11 01:09:50 +00:00
|
|
|
m_configurations_button = m_rigErrorMessageBox.addButton (tr ("Configurations...")
|
|
|
|
|
, QMessageBox::ActionRole);
|
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-09-25 11:36:01 +00:00
|
|
|
// set up message text validators
|
|
|
|
|
ui->tx1->setValidator (new QRegExpValidator {message_alphabet, this});
|
|
|
|
|
ui->tx2->setValidator (new QRegExpValidator {message_alphabet, this});
|
|
|
|
|
ui->tx3->setValidator (new QRegExpValidator {message_alphabet, this});
|
|
|
|
|
ui->tx4->setValidator (new QRegExpValidator {message_alphabet, this});
|
|
|
|
|
ui->tx5->setValidator (new QRegExpValidator {message_alphabet, this});
|
|
|
|
|
ui->tx6->setValidator (new QRegExpValidator {message_alphabet, this});
|
|
|
|
|
ui->freeTextMsg->setValidator (new QRegExpValidator {message_alphabet, this});
|
|
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
// Free text macros model to widget hook up.
|
|
|
|
|
ui->tx5->setModel (m_config.macros ());
|
2016-10-30 21:38:52 +00:00
|
|
|
connect (ui->tx5->lineEdit(), &QLineEdit::editingFinished,
|
|
|
|
|
[this] () {on_tx5_currentTextChanged (ui->tx5->lineEdit()->text());});
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->freeTextMsg->setModel (m_config.macros ());
|
|
|
|
|
connect (ui->freeTextMsg->lineEdit ()
|
|
|
|
|
, &QLineEdit::editingFinished
|
|
|
|
|
, [this] () {on_freeTextMsg_currentTextChanged (ui->freeTextMsg->lineEdit ()->text ());});
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-04-06 21:58:11 +00:00
|
|
|
connect(&m_guiTimer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::guiUpdate);
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
m_guiTimer.start(100); //### Don't change the 100 ms! ###
|
2013-08-07 23:09:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
ptt0Timer.setSingleShot(true);
|
|
|
|
|
connect(&ptt0Timer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::stopTx2);
|
2016-10-26 19:01:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
ptt1Timer.setSingleShot(true);
|
|
|
|
|
connect(&ptt1Timer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::startTx2);
|
2013-03-29 00:21:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-10-26 19:01:46 +00:00
|
|
|
p1Timer.setSingleShot(true);
|
|
|
|
|
connect(&p1Timer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::startP1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
logQSOTimer.setSingleShot(true);
|
|
|
|
|
connect(&logQSOTimer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::on_logQSOButton_clicked);
|
2013-04-17 15:53:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
tuneButtonTimer.setSingleShot(true);
|
|
|
|
|
connect(&tuneButtonTimer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::on_stopTxButton_clicked);
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
tuneATU_Timer.setSingleShot(true);
|
|
|
|
|
connect(&tuneATU_Timer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::stopTuneATU);
|
2013-04-12 17:57:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
killFileTimer.setSingleShot(true);
|
|
|
|
|
connect(&killFileTimer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::killFile);
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
uploadTimer.setSingleShot(true);
|
|
|
|
|
connect(&uploadTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(uploadSpots()));
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
TxAgainTimer.setSingleShot(true);
|
|
|
|
|
connect(&TxAgainTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(TxAgain()));
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
connect(m_wideGraph.data (), SIGNAL(setFreq3(int,int)),this,
|
|
|
|
|
SLOT(setFreq4(int,int)));
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-10-31 18:33:56 +00:00
|
|
|
decodeBusy(false);
|
2015-11-10 18:11:06 +00:00
|
|
|
QString t1[28]={"1 uW","2 uW","5 uW","10 uW","20 uW","50 uW","100 uW","200 uW","500 uW",
|
|
|
|
|
"1 mW","2 mW","5 mW","10 mW","20 mW","50 mW","100 mW","200 mW","500 mW",
|
|
|
|
|
"1 W","2 W","5 W","10 W","20 W","50 W","100 W","200 W","500 W","1 kW"};
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-10-02 00:23:09 +00:00
|
|
|
m_msg[0][0]=0;
|
2016-11-08 20:11:02 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bQRAsyncWarned=false;
|
2016-10-02 00:23:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
for(int i=0; i<28; i++) { //Initialize dBm values
|
|
|
|
|
float dbm=(10.0*i)/3.0 - 30.0;
|
|
|
|
|
int ndbm=0;
|
|
|
|
|
if(dbm<0) ndbm=int(dbm-0.5);
|
|
|
|
|
if(dbm>=0) ndbm=int(dbm+0.5);
|
|
|
|
|
QString t;
|
2015-11-10 18:11:06 +00:00
|
|
|
t.sprintf("%d dBm ",ndbm);
|
|
|
|
|
t+=t1[i];
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->TxPowerComboBox->addItem(t);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-03-25 11:26:11 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->labAz->setStyleSheet("border: 0px;");
|
2016-10-13 18:02:44 +00:00
|
|
|
// ui->labDist->setStyleSheet("border: 0px;");
|
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-05-05 18:53:00 +00:00
|
|
|
auto t = "UTC dB DT Freq Message";
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText(t);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setText(t);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
readSettings(); //Restore user's setup params
|
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_audioThread.start (m_audioThreadPriority);
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-07-15 20:01:25 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef WIN32
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!m_multiple)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
while(true)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int iret=killbyname("jt9.exe");
|
|
|
|
|
if(iret == 603) break;
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
if(iret != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Error Killing jt9.exe Process")
|
|
|
|
|
, tr ("KillByName return code: %1")
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (iret));
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-07-15 20:01:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-09-29 21:23:06 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
//delete any .quit file that might have been left lying around
|
|
|
|
|
//since its presence will cause jt9 to exit a soon as we start it
|
|
|
|
|
//and decodes will hang
|
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
QFile quitFile {m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath (".quit")};
|
2013-09-29 21:23:06 +00:00
|
|
|
while (quitFile.exists ())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!quitFile.remove ())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
MessageBox::query_message (this, tr ("Error removing \"%1\"").arg (quitFile.fileName ())
|
|
|
|
|
, tr ("Click OK to retry"));
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-09-29 21:23:06 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
//Create .lock so jt9 will wait
|
|
|
|
|
QFile {m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath (".lock")}.open(QIODevice::ReadWrite);
|
2013-07-19 00:23:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
QStringList jt9_args {
|
2015-02-13 16:55:47 +00:00
|
|
|
"-s", QApplication::applicationName () // shared memory key,
|
2016-12-04 00:55:07 +00:00
|
|
|
// includes rig
|
2015-04-20 15:20:38 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef NDEBUG
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
, "-w", "1" //FFTW patience - release
|
2015-04-20 15:20:38 +00:00
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
, "-w", "1" //FFTW patience - debug builds for speed
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2015-02-13 16:55:47 +00:00
|
|
|
// The number of threads for FFTW specified here is chosen as
|
|
|
|
|
// three because that gives the best throughput of the large
|
|
|
|
|
// FFTs used in jt9. The count is the minimum of (the number
|
|
|
|
|
// available CPU threads less one) and three. This ensures that
|
|
|
|
|
// there is always at least one free CPU thread to run the other
|
|
|
|
|
// mode decoder in parallel.
|
|
|
|
|
, "-m", QString::number (qMin (qMax (QThread::idealThreadCount () - 1, 1), 3)) //FFTW threads
|
|
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
, "-e", QDir::toNativeSeparators (m_appDir)
|
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
|
|
|
, "-a", QDir::toNativeSeparators (m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absolutePath ())
|
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
, "-t", QDir::toNativeSeparators (m_config.temp_dir ().absolutePath ())
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
2016-11-05 00:39:09 +00:00
|
|
|
QProcessEnvironment env {QProcessEnvironment::systemEnvironment ()};
|
|
|
|
|
env.insert ("OMP_STACKSIZE", "4M");
|
|
|
|
|
proc_jt9.setProcessEnvironment (env);
|
2014-11-20 19:01:52 +00:00
|
|
|
proc_jt9.start(QDir::toNativeSeparators (m_appDir) + QDir::separator () +
|
|
|
|
|
"jt9", jt9_args, QIODevice::ReadWrite | QIODevice::Unbuffered);
|
2013-04-14 14:11:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
|
|
|
QString fname {QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("wsjtx_wisdom.dat"))};
|
2014-11-21 15:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
QByteArray cfname=fname.toLocal8Bit();
|
2014-11-21 22:10:25 +00:00
|
|
|
fftwf_import_wisdom_from_filename(cfname);
|
2014-11-21 15:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
//genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntx = 6;
|
2013-08-06 17:22:33 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->txrb6->setChecked(true);
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
|
|
|
connect (&m_wav_future_watcher, &QFutureWatcher<void>::finished, this, &MainWindow::diskDat);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
connect(&watcher3, SIGNAL(finished()),this,SLOT(fast_decode_done()));
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
// Q_EMIT startAudioInputStream (m_config.audio_input_device (), m_framesAudioInputBuffered, &m_detector, m_downSampleFactor, m_config.audio_input_channel ());
|
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_EMIT startAudioInputStream (m_config.audio_input_device (), m_framesAudioInputBuffered, m_detector, m_downSampleFactor, m_config.audio_input_channel ());
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_EMIT initializeAudioOutputStream (m_config.audio_output_device (), AudioDevice::Mono == m_config.audio_output_channel () ? 1 : 2, m_msAudioOutputBuffered);
|
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_EMIT transmitFrequency (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value () - m_XIT);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
enable_DXCC_entity (m_config.DXCC ()); // sets text window proportions and (re)inits the logbook
|
2013-07-31 11:29:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-04-16 16:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->label_9->setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #aabec8}");
|
|
|
|
|
ui->label_10->setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #aabec8}");
|
2013-04-27 13:11:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-22 14:39:36 +00:00
|
|
|
// this must be done before initializing the mode as some modes need
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
// to turn off split on the rig e.g. WSPR
|
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
|
|
|
m_config.transceiver_online ();
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
bool vhf {m_config.enable_VHF_features ()};
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->txFirstCheckBox->setChecked(m_txFirst);
|
|
|
|
|
morse_(const_cast<char *> (m_config.my_callsign ().toLatin1().constData()),
|
|
|
|
|
const_cast<int *> (icw), &m_ncw, m_config.my_callsign ().length());
|
|
|
|
|
on_actionWide_Waterfall_triggered();
|
2016-07-12 15:45:27 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->cbShMsgs->setChecked(m_bShMsgs);
|
2016-12-30 21:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->cbSWL->setChecked(m_bSWL);
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_bFast9) m_bFastMode=true;
|
2017-06-07 19:58:25 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->cbFast9->setChecked(m_bFast9 or m_bFastMode);
|
2016-06-11 18:50:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="FT8") on_actionFT8_triggered();
|
2016-06-11 18:50:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="JT4") on_actionJT4_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="JT9") on_actionJT9_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="JT65") on_actionJT65_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="JT9+JT65") on_actionJT9_JT65_triggered();
|
2016-10-20 15:43:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="WSPR") on_actionWSPR_triggered();
|
2017-04-28 16:49:09 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="WSPR-LF") on_actionWSPR_LF_triggered();
|
2016-06-11 18:50:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="ISCAT") on_actionISCAT_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="MSK144") on_actionMSK144_triggered();
|
2016-07-02 12:15:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="QRA64") on_actionQRA64_triggered();
|
2017-01-03 21:37:38 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="Echo") on_actionEcho_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="Echo") monitor(false); //Don't auto-start Monitor in Echo mode.
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="FreqCal") on_actionFreqCal_triggered();
|
2016-06-11 18:50:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->sbSubmode->setValue (vhf ? m_nSubMode : 0);
|
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="MSK144") {
|
2016-09-06 15:36:17 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_EMIT transmitFrequency (1000.0);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
Q_EMIT transmitFrequency (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value() - m_XIT);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
m_saveDecoded=ui->actionSave_decoded->isChecked();
|
|
|
|
|
m_saveAll=ui->actionSave_all->isChecked();
|
|
|
|
|
ui->sbTxPercent->setValue(m_pctx);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->TxPowerComboBox->setCurrentIndex(int(0.3*(m_dBm + 30.0)+0.2));
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbUploadWSPR_Spots->setChecked(m_uploadSpots);
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->cbHoldTxFreq->setChecked(m_holdTxFreq);
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
if((m_ndepth&7)==1) ui->actionQuickDecode->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if((m_ndepth&7)==2) ui->actionMediumDecode->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if((m_ndepth&7)==3) ui->actionDeepestDecode->setChecked(true);
|
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionInclude_averaging->setChecked(m_ndepth&16);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionInclude_correlation->setChecked(m_ndepth&32);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionEnable_AP_DXcall->setChecked(m_ndepth&64);
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
|
|
|
m_UTCdisk=-1;
|
2016-09-29 13:29:20 +00:00
|
|
|
m_fCPUmskrtd=0.0;
|
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bFastDone=false;
|
2016-10-17 16:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bAltV=false;
|
2016-10-31 14:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bNoMoreFiles=false;
|
2016-11-03 14:05:05 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bVHFwarned=false;
|
2016-11-22 15:47:59 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bDoubleClicked=false;
|
2017-07-09 19:25:28 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bCallingCQ=false;
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bCheckedContest=false;
|
2016-10-19 18:09:27 +00:00
|
|
|
m_wait=0;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8016 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:22:54 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Remove call to jtmsg.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8017 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:52:52 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Bring a simulation tool up to date.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8022 | k9an | 2017-08-13 02:35:13 +0100 (Sun, 13 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Improve efficiency of OSD by a factor of 5 to 10 for norder=2 and
3. Use norder=2 for wideband multi-decoding, norder=3 near nfqso and
nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8026 | k9an | 2017-08-14 16:00:48 +0100 (Mon, 14 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make default MSK144 amplitude polynomial flat.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8029 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 14:07:27 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Edit the advice displayed by F5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8030 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 23:34:26 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8031 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:14:51 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Improvements to the OSD to allow deeper wideband decoding.
2. Add a third decoding pass.
3. Change symbol metric from max-log to max-amplitude.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8032 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:17:23 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Delete unused array.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8033 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:21:59 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
More cleanup.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8034 | k1jt | 2017-08-24 14:38:47 +0100 (Thu, 24 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Possible pseudo-code for DXpedition auto-sequencing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8035 | k1jt | 2017-08-25 17:59:58 +0100 (Fri, 25 Aug 2017) | 4 lines
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for
subsequent regenerations.
This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until
changed back.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8036 | k1jt | 2017-08-26 17:30:47 +0100 (Sat, 26 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Use a baseline-fitting procedure to improve S/N estimates for FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8037 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 13:26:37 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix the 'Start=0 ==> S/N = -24 dB' problem.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8038 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 14:11:56 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Change magic 36 back to 37; does this break something else?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8039 | k1jt | 2017-08-28 15:32:14 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the behavior of FT8 in "NA VHF Contest mode".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8040 | k9an | 2017-08-28 22:09:44 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a potential array bounds issue in osd174.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8043 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:37 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Update AD1C cty.dat database to 14th Aug 2017 big CTY.DAT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8044 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:51 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Basic fix of auto sequencing with free text 73 messages, more to come
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8045 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:46:32 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Ensure that auto Tx is disabled when stop Tx on 73 isn't enabled and
DX call is cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8046 | k1jt | 2017-08-29 15:01:55 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Update text in User Guide related to *NA VHF Contest Mode*.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8047 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 03:27:57 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing
73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather
than being processed.
Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++
code in the logbook directory.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8048 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 14:20:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make 73 and RR73 matching of incoming messages for exact while words
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8049 | k1jt | 2017-08-30 18:06:49 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-31 00:41:52 +00:00
|
|
|
m_CQtype="CQ";
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR") and m_pctx>0) {
|
2015-07-07 19:02:25 +00:00
|
|
|
QPalette palette {ui->sbTxPercent->palette ()};
|
|
|
|
|
palette.setColor(QPalette::Base,Qt::yellow);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->sbTxPercent->setPalette(palette);
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
fixStop();
|
2016-03-21 16:03:11 +00:00
|
|
|
VHF_features_enabled(m_config.enable_VHF_features());
|
2016-10-24 14:56:14 +00:00
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setVHF(m_config.enable_VHF_features());
|
2016-03-21 16:03:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
connect( wsprNet, SIGNAL(uploadStatus(QString)), this, SLOT(uploadResponse(QString)));
|
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
statusChanged();
|
2016-08-04 15:20:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-10-21 18:07:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_fastGraph->setMode(m_mode);
|
2016-06-30 12:46:14 +00:00
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
|
|
|
connect (&minuteTimer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::on_the_minute);
|
|
|
|
|
minuteTimer.setSingleShot (true);
|
2016-07-04 02:31:50 +00:00
|
|
|
minuteTimer.start (ms_minute_error () + 60 * 1000);
|
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
connect (&splashTimer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::splash_done);
|
|
|
|
|
splashTimer.setSingleShot (true);
|
|
|
|
|
splashTimer.start (20 * 1000);
|
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bDXped=false;
|
2017-04-28 16:49:09 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_config.my_callsign()=="K1JT" or m_config.my_callsign()=="K9AN" or
|
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
|
|
|
m_config.my_callsign()=="G4WJS" || m_config.my_callsign () == "G3PQA") {
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bDXped=true;
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionWSPR_LF->setEnabled(true);
|
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2017-07-04 14:39:07 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!ui->cbMenus->isChecked()) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbMenus->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbMenus->setChecked(false);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-04-28 16:49:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
|
|
|
// this must be the last statement of constructor
|
|
|
|
|
if (!m_valid) throw std::runtime_error {"Fatal initialization exception"};
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-07-18 13:35:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-09-09 19:36:07 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::initialize_fonts ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
set_application_font (m_config.text_font ());
|
|
|
|
|
setDecodedTextFont (m_config.decoded_text_font ());
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::splash_done ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-08-12 16:12:52 +00:00
|
|
|
m_splash && m_splash->close ();
|
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_the_minute ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (minuteTimer.isSingleShot ())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
minuteTimer.setSingleShot (false);
|
|
|
|
|
minuteTimer.start (60 * 1000); // run free
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-07-04 02:31:50 +00:00
|
|
|
auto const& ms_error = ms_minute_error ();
|
|
|
|
|
if (qAbs (ms_error) > 1000) // keep drift within +-1s
|
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
minuteTimer.setSingleShot (true);
|
2016-07-04 02:31:50 +00:00
|
|
|
minuteTimer.start (ms_error + 60 * 1000);
|
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_config.watchdog () && !m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR"))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-07-09 02:27:57 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_idleMinutes < m_config.watchdog ()) ++m_idleMinutes;
|
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
|
|
|
update_watchdog_label ();
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
tx_watchdog (false);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-07-18 13:35:54 +00:00
|
|
|
//--------------------------------------------------- MainWindow destructor
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
MainWindow::~MainWindow()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
m_astroWidget.reset ();
|
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
|
|
|
QString fname {QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("wsjtx_wisdom.dat"))};
|
2014-11-21 15:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
QByteArray cfname=fname.toLocal8Bit();
|
|
|
|
|
fftwf_export_wisdom_to_filename(cfname);
|
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_audioThread.quit ();
|
|
|
|
|
m_audioThread.wait ();
|
2016-07-06 20:16:38 +00:00
|
|
|
remove_child_from_event_filter (this);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-------------------------------------------------------- writeSettings()
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::writeSettings()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->beginGroup("MainWindow");
|
|
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue ("geometry", saveGeometry ());
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue ("geometryNoControls", m_geometryNoControls);
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue ("state", saveState ());
|
|
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("MRUdir", m_path);
|
|
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("TxFirst",m_txFirst);
|
|
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("DXcall",ui->dxCallEntry->text());
|
|
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("DXgrid",ui->dxGridEntry->text());
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue ("AstroDisplayed", m_astroWidget && m_astroWidget->isVisible());
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue ("MsgAvgDisplayed", m_msgAvgWidget && m_msgAvgWidget->isVisible());
|
2014-04-03 21:55:51 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue ("FreeText", ui->freeTextMsg->currentText ());
|
2017-07-04 14:39:07 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("ShowMenus",ui->cbMenus->isChecked());
|
2017-07-09 19:25:28 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("CallFirst",ui->cbFirst->isChecked());
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->endGroup();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
m_settings->beginGroup("Common");
|
|
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("Mode",m_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("ModeTx",m_modeTx);
|
|
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("SaveNone",ui->actionNone->isChecked());
|
|
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("SaveDecoded",ui->actionSave_decoded->isChecked());
|
|
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("SaveAll",ui->actionSave_all->isChecked());
|
|
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("NDepth",m_ndepth);
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("RxFreq",ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value());
|
|
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("TxFreq",ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value());
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("WSPRfreq",ui->WSPRfreqSpinBox->value());
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("SubMode",ui->sbSubmode->value());
|
|
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("DTtol",m_DTtol);
|
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("Ftol", ui->sbFtol->value ());
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("MinSync",m_minSync);
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue ("AutoSeq", ui->cbAutoSeq->isChecked ());
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue ("VHFcontest", ui->cbVHFcontest->isChecked ());
|
2016-07-12 15:45:27 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("ShMsgs",m_bShMsgs);
|
2016-12-30 21:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("SWL",ui->cbSWL->isChecked());
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue ("DialFreq", QVariant::fromValue(m_lastMonitoredFrequency));
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("OutAttenuation", ui->outAttenuation->value ());
|
|
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("NoSuffix",m_noSuffix);
|
|
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("GUItab",ui->tabWidget->currentIndex());
|
|
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("OutBufSize",outBufSize);
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("HoldTxFreq",m_holdTxFreq);
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("PctTx",m_pctx);
|
|
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("dBm",m_dBm);
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue ("WSPRPreferType1", ui->WSPR_prefer_type_1_check_box->isChecked ());
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("UploadSpots",m_uploadSpots);
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue ("BandHopping", ui->band_hopping_group_box->isChecked ());
|
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue ("TRPeriod", ui->sbTR->value ());
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("FastMode",m_bFastMode);
|
|
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("Fast9",m_bFast9);
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue ("CQTxfreq", ui->sbCQTxFreq->value ());
|
2016-10-25 20:24:09 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("pwrBandTxMemory",m_pwrBandTxMemory);
|
|
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue("pwrBandTuneMemory",m_pwrBandTuneMemory);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue ("FT8AP", ui->actionEnable_AP->isChecked ());
|
2017-02-21 02:13:13 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QList<QVariant> coeffs; // suitable for QSettings
|
|
|
|
|
for (auto const& coeff : m_phaseEqCoefficients)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-02-23 16:21:26 +00:00
|
|
|
coeffs << coeff;
|
2017-02-21 02:13:13 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
m_settings->setValue ("PhaseEqualizationCoefficients", QVariant {coeffs});
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->endGroup();
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//---------------------------------------------------------- readSettings()
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::readSettings()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->beginGroup("MainWindow");
|
|
|
|
|
restoreGeometry (m_settings->value ("geometry", saveGeometry ()).toByteArray ());
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
m_geometryNoControls = m_settings->value ("geometryNoControls",saveGeometry()).toByteArray();
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
restoreState (m_settings->value ("state", saveState ()).toByteArray ());
|
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->dxCallEntry->setText (m_settings->value ("DXcall", QString {}).toString ());
|
|
|
|
|
ui->dxGridEntry->setText (m_settings->value ("DXgrid", QString {}).toString ());
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
m_path = m_settings->value("MRUdir", m_config.save_directory ().absolutePath ()).toString ();
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_txFirst = m_settings->value("TxFirst",false).toBool();
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
auto displayAstro = m_settings->value ("AstroDisplayed", false).toBool ();
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
auto displayMsgAvg = m_settings->value ("MsgAvgDisplayed", false).toBool ();
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_settings->contains ("FreeText")) ui->freeTextMsg->setCurrentText (
|
|
|
|
|
m_settings->value ("FreeText").toString ());
|
2017-07-04 14:39:07 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->cbMenus->setChecked(m_settings->value("ShowMenus",true).toBool());
|
2017-07-09 19:25:28 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->cbFirst->setChecked(m_settings->value("CallFirst",true).toBool());
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->endGroup();
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
// do this outside of settings group because it uses groups internally
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionAstronomical_data->setChecked (displayAstro);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->beginGroup("Common");
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_mode=m_settings->value("Mode","JT9").toString();
|
|
|
|
|
m_modeTx=m_settings->value("ModeTx","JT9").toString();
|
2014-03-05 18:20:40 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_modeTx.mid(0,3)=="JT9") ui->pbTxMode->setText("Tx JT9 @");
|
2013-07-08 19:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_modeTx=="JT65") ui->pbTxMode->setText("Tx JT65 #");
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionNone->setChecked(m_settings->value("SaveNone",true).toBool());
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionSave_decoded->setChecked(m_settings->value("SaveDecoded",false).toBool());
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionSave_all->setChecked(m_settings->value("SaveAll",false).toBool());
|
2015-03-18 16:28:49 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue(0); // ensure a change is signaled
|
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue(m_settings->value("RxFreq",1500).toInt());
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
m_nSubMode=m_settings->value("SubMode",0).toInt();
|
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->sbFtol->setValue (m_settings->value("Ftol", 20).toInt());
|
2016-12-08 15:38:54 +00:00
|
|
|
m_minSync=m_settings->value("MinSync",0).toInt();
|
|
|
|
|
ui->syncSpinBox->setValue(m_minSync);
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->cbAutoSeq->setChecked (m_settings->value ("AutoSeq", false).toBool());
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->cbVHFcontest->setChecked (m_settings->value ("VHFcontest", false).toBool());
|
2016-07-12 15:45:27 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bShMsgs=m_settings->value("ShMsgs",false).toBool();
|
2016-12-30 21:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bSWL=m_settings->value("SWL",false).toBool();
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bFast9=m_settings->value("Fast9",false).toBool();
|
|
|
|
|
m_bFastMode=m_settings->value("FastMode",false).toBool();
|
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->sbTR->setValue (m_settings->value ("TRPeriod", 30).toInt());
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
m_lastMonitoredFrequency = m_settings->value ("DialFreq",
|
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
|
|
|
QVariant::fromValue<Frequency> (default_frequency)).value<Frequency> ();
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->WSPRfreqSpinBox->setValue(0); // ensure a change is signaled
|
|
|
|
|
ui->WSPRfreqSpinBox->setValue(m_settings->value("WSPRfreq",1500).toInt());
|
2015-03-18 16:28:49 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(0); // ensure a change is signaled
|
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(m_settings->value("TxFreq",1500).toInt());
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ndepth=m_settings->value("NDepth",3).toInt();
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
m_pctx=m_settings->value("PctTx",20).toInt();
|
|
|
|
|
m_dBm=m_settings->value("dBm",37).toInt();
|
2016-09-03 23:33:13 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->WSPR_prefer_type_1_check_box->setChecked (m_settings->value ("WSPRPreferType1", true).toBool ());
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
m_uploadSpots=m_settings->value("UploadSpots",false).toBool();
|
|
|
|
|
if(!m_uploadSpots) ui->cbUploadWSPR_Spots->setStyleSheet("QCheckBox{background-color: yellow}");
|
2015-06-04 01:45:40 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->band_hopping_group_box->setChecked (m_settings->value ("BandHopping", false).toBool());
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
// setup initial value of tx attenuator
|
2016-06-11 18:50:34 +00:00
|
|
|
m_block_pwr_tooltip = true;
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->outAttenuation->setValue (m_settings->value ("OutAttenuation", 0).toInt ());
|
2016-06-11 18:50:34 +00:00
|
|
|
m_block_pwr_tooltip = false;
|
2017-07-09 14:16:09 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->sbCQTxFreq->setValue (m_settings->value ("CQTxFreq", 260).toInt());
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_noSuffix=m_settings->value("NoSuffix",false).toBool();
|
|
|
|
|
int n=m_settings->value("GUItab",0).toInt();
|
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->tabWidget->setCurrentIndex(n);
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
outBufSize=m_settings->value("OutBufSize",4096).toInt();
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_holdTxFreq=m_settings->value("HoldTxFreq",false).toBool();
|
2016-10-25 20:24:09 +00:00
|
|
|
m_pwrBandTxMemory=m_settings->value("pwrBandTxMemory").toHash();
|
|
|
|
|
m_pwrBandTuneMemory=m_settings->value("pwrBandTuneMemory").toHash();
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionEnable_AP->setChecked (m_settings->value ("FT8AP", false).toBool());
|
2017-02-21 02:13:13 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
auto const& coeffs = m_settings->value ("PhaseEqualizationCoefficients"
|
|
|
|
|
, QList<QVariant> {0., 0., 0., 0., 0.}).toList ();
|
|
|
|
|
m_phaseEqCoefficients.clear ();
|
|
|
|
|
for (auto const& coeff : coeffs)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_phaseEqCoefficients.append (coeff.value<double> ());
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_settings->endGroup();
|
2013-04-11 16:51:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
// use these initialisation settings to tune the audio o/p buffer
|
2013-09-27 01:06:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// size and audio thread priority
|
|
|
|
|
m_settings->beginGroup ("Tune");
|
|
|
|
|
m_msAudioOutputBuffered = m_settings->value ("Audio/OutputBufferMs").toInt ();
|
|
|
|
|
m_framesAudioInputBuffered = m_settings->value ("Audio/InputBufferFrames", RX_SAMPLE_RATE / 10).toInt ();
|
|
|
|
|
m_audioThreadPriority = static_cast<QThread::Priority> (m_settings->value ("Audio/ThreadPriority", QThread::HighPriority).toInt () % 8);
|
|
|
|
|
m_settings->endGroup ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
if (displayMsgAvg) on_actionMessage_averaging_triggered();
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-09-09 19:36:07 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::set_application_font (QFont const& font)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
qApp->setFont (font);
|
|
|
|
|
// set font in the application style sheet as well in case it has
|
|
|
|
|
// been modified in the style sheet which has priority
|
|
|
|
|
qApp->setStyleSheet (qApp->styleSheet () + "* {" + font_as_stylesheet (font) + '}');
|
|
|
|
|
for (auto& widget : qApp->topLevelWidgets ())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
widget->updateGeometry ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::setDecodedTextFont (QFont const& font)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2015-04-05 12:22:01 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextBrowser->setContentFont (font);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->setContentFont (font);
|
2015-04-07 12:08:55 +00:00
|
|
|
auto style_sheet = "QLabel {" + font_as_stylesheet (font) + '}';
|
2015-02-13 08:53:02 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel->setStyleSheet (ui->decodedTextLabel->styleSheet () + style_sheet);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setStyleSheet (ui->decodedTextLabel2->styleSheet () + style_sheet);
|
2016-05-18 23:22:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_msgAvgWidget) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_msgAvgWidget->changeFont (font);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
|
|
|
updateGeometry ();
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::fixStop()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-09-09 17:46:09 +00:00
|
|
|
m_hsymStop=179;
|
2016-10-14 14:15:34 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="WSPR") {
|
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_hsymStop=396;
|
2017-04-28 16:49:09 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if(m_mode=="WSPR-LF") {
|
2017-05-18 20:02:32 +00:00
|
|
|
m_hsymStop=813;
|
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if(m_mode=="Echo") {
|
|
|
|
|
m_hsymStop=10;
|
|
|
|
|
} else if (m_mode=="JT4"){
|
|
|
|
|
m_hsymStop=176;
|
2016-10-26 16:11:21 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=179;
|
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if (m_mode=="JT9"){
|
|
|
|
|
m_hsymStop=173;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=179;
|
|
|
|
|
} else if (m_mode=="JT65" or m_mode=="JT9+JT65"){
|
|
|
|
|
m_hsymStop=174;
|
2016-10-26 16:11:21 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=179;
|
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if (m_mode=="QRA64"){
|
2016-10-26 16:11:21 +00:00
|
|
|
m_hsymStop=179;
|
2016-12-16 16:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=186;
|
2017-01-03 21:37:38 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if (m_mode=="FreqCal"){
|
2017-01-12 18:21:58 +00:00
|
|
|
m_hsymStop=((int(m_TRperiod/0.288))/8)*8;
|
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if (m_mode=="FT8") {
|
2017-07-06 16:12:32 +00:00
|
|
|
m_hsymStop=50;
|
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
//-------------------------------------------------------------- dataSink()
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::dataSink(qint64 frames)
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
static float s[NSMAX];
|
2017-01-05 18:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
char line[80];
|
2012-09-25 20:26:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-04-08 15:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
int k (frames);
|
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
|
|
|
QString fname {QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("refspec.dat"))};
|
2016-04-11 20:53:54 +00:00
|
|
|
QByteArray bafname = fname.toLatin1();
|
|
|
|
|
const char *c_fname = bafname.data();
|
|
|
|
|
int len=fname.length();
|
2016-04-08 15:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_diskData) {
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.ndiskdat=1;
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.ndiskdat=0;
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-10-21 19:35:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-13 19:52:23 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bUseRef=m_wideGraph->useRef();
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
refspectrum_(&dec_data.d2[k-m_nsps/2],&m_bClearRefSpec,&m_bRefSpec,
|
2016-12-24 20:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
&m_bUseRef,c_fname,len);
|
|
|
|
|
m_bClearRefSpec=false;
|
2016-06-13 19:52:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-03-20 19:35:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="ISCAT" or m_mode=="MSK144" or m_bFast9) {
|
|
|
|
|
fastSink(frames);
|
2017-06-07 19:58:25 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_bFastMode) return;
|
2017-03-20 19:35:17 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
|
|
|
// Get power, spectrum, and ihsym
|
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
|
|
|
int trmin=m_TRperiod/60;
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
// int k (frames - 1);
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nfa=m_wideGraph->nStartFreq();
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nfb=m_wideGraph->Fmax();
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
int nsps=m_nsps;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_bFastMode) nsps=6912;
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
int nsmo=m_wideGraph->smoothYellow()-1;
|
2017-03-06 15:52:09 +00:00
|
|
|
symspec_(&dec_data,&k,&trmin,&nsps,&m_inGain,&nsmo,&m_px,s,&m_df3,&m_ihsym,&m_npts8,&m_pxmax);
|
2016-10-14 14:15:34 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="WSPR") wspr_downsample_(dec_data.d2,&k);
|
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_ihsym <=0) return;
|
2017-03-06 15:52:09 +00:00
|
|
|
if(ui) ui->signal_meter_widget->setValue(m_px,m_pxmax); // Update thermometer
|
2012-09-25 20:26:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_monitoring || m_diskData) {
|
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->dataSink2(s,m_df3,m_ihsym,m_diskData);
|
2012-07-12 21:22:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2017-06-07 19:58:25 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="MSK144") return;
|
2012-07-12 21:22:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
fixStop();
|
2017-01-10 01:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_mode == "FreqCal"
|
|
|
|
|
// only calculate after 1st chunk, also skip chunk where rig
|
|
|
|
|
// changed frequency
|
2017-01-12 18:21:58 +00:00
|
|
|
&& !(m_ihsym % 8) && m_ihsym > 8 && m_ihsym <= m_hsymStop) {
|
2017-01-09 01:09:58 +00:00
|
|
|
int RxFreq=ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value ();
|
|
|
|
|
int nkhz=(m_freqNominal+RxFreq)/1000;
|
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
|
|
|
int ftol = ui->sbFtol->value ();
|
|
|
|
|
freqcal_(&dec_data.d2[0],&k,&nkhz,&RxFreq,&ftol,&line[0],80);
|
2017-01-04 19:07:35 +00:00
|
|
|
QString t=QString::fromLatin1(line);
|
2017-09-01 23:55:56 +00:00
|
|
|
DecodedText decodedtext {t, false, m_config.my_grid ()};
|
2017-01-04 19:07:35 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextBrowser->displayDecodedText (decodedtext,m_baseCall,m_config.DXCC(),
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_logBook,m_config.color_CQ(),m_config.color_MyCall(),m_config.color_DXCC(),
|
|
|
|
|
m_config.color_NewCall());
|
|
|
|
|
if (ui->measure_check_box->isChecked ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
// Append results text to file "fmt.all".
|
|
|
|
|
QFile f {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("fmt.all")};
|
|
|
|
|
if (f.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append)) {
|
|
|
|
|
QTextStream out(&f);
|
|
|
|
|
out << t << endl;
|
|
|
|
|
f.close();
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("File Open Error")
|
|
|
|
|
, tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for append: %2")
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (f.fileName ()).arg (f.errorString ()));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-01-05 20:20:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2017-01-12 21:03:30 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_ihsym==m_hsymStop && ui->actionFrequency_calibration->isChecked()) {
|
2017-01-12 18:21:58 +00:00
|
|
|
freqCalStep();
|
2017-01-05 20:20:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2017-01-04 19:07:35 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_ihsym==3*m_hsymStop/4) {
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
m_dialFreqRxWSPR=m_freqNominal;
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_ihsym == m_hsymStop) {
|
2015-06-08 14:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="Echo") {
|
2015-06-08 19:42:20 +00:00
|
|
|
float snr=0;
|
|
|
|
|
int nfrit=0;
|
|
|
|
|
int nqual=0;
|
|
|
|
|
float f1=1500.0;
|
2015-06-09 19:04:21 +00:00
|
|
|
float xlevel=0.0;
|
2015-06-08 19:42:20 +00:00
|
|
|
float sigdb=0.0;
|
|
|
|
|
float dfreq=0.0;
|
|
|
|
|
float width=0.0;
|
|
|
|
|
echocom_.nclearave=m_nclearave;
|
2015-06-09 00:43:07 +00:00
|
|
|
int nDop=0;
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
avecho_(dec_data.d2,&nDop,&nfrit,&nqual,&f1,&xlevel,&sigdb,
|
2015-06-08 19:42:20 +00:00
|
|
|
&snr,&dfreq,&width);
|
2015-06-09 19:04:21 +00:00
|
|
|
QString t;
|
|
|
|
|
t.sprintf("%3d %7.1f %7.1f %7.1f %7.1f %3d",echocom_.nsum,xlevel,sigdb,
|
|
|
|
|
dfreq,width,nqual);
|
|
|
|
|
t=QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().toString("hh:mm:ss ") + t;
|
2016-05-17 20:45:40 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ui) ui->decodedTextBrowser->appendText(t);
|
2015-06-08 14:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_echoGraph->isVisible()) m_echoGraph->plotSpec();
|
2015-06-08 19:42:20 +00:00
|
|
|
m_nclearave=0;
|
2015-06-11 15:32:55 +00:00
|
|
|
//Don't restart Monitor after an Echo transmission
|
2015-06-11 15:48:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_bEchoTxed and !m_auto) {
|
|
|
|
|
monitor(false);
|
|
|
|
|
m_bEchoTxed=false;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-06-08 14:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-01-03 21:37:38 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="FreqCal") {
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if( m_dialFreqRxWSPR==0) m_dialFreqRxWSPR=m_freqNominal;
|
2012-11-01 19:54:40 +00:00
|
|
|
m_dataAvailable=true;
|
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.npts8=(m_ihsym*m_nsps)/16;
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.newdat=1;
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nagain=0;
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nzhsym=m_hsymStop;
|
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
|
|
|
QDateTime now {QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc ()};
|
|
|
|
|
m_dateTime = now.toString ("yyyy-MMM-dd hh:mm");
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) decode(); //Start decoder
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-11-24 14:36:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!m_diskData) { //Always save; may delete later
|
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="FT8") {
|
|
|
|
|
int n=now.time().second() % m_TRperiod;
|
|
|
|
|
if(n<(m_TRperiod/2)) n=n+m_TRperiod;
|
|
|
|
|
auto const& period_start=now.addSecs(-n);
|
|
|
|
|
m_fnameWE=m_config.save_directory().absoluteFilePath (period_start.toString("yyMMdd_hhmmss"));
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
auto const& period_start = now.addSecs (-(now.time ().minute () % (m_TRperiod / 60)) * 60);
|
|
|
|
|
m_fnameWE=m_config.save_directory ().absoluteFilePath (period_start.toString ("yyMMdd_hhmm"));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-07-03 17:33:05 +00:00
|
|
|
m_fileToSave.clear ();
|
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
|
|
|
// the following is potential a threading hazard - not a good
|
|
|
|
|
// idea to pass pointer to be processed in another thread
|
2016-10-17 13:28:30 +00:00
|
|
|
m_saveWAVWatcher.setFuture (QtConcurrent::run (std::bind (&MainWindow::save_wave_file,
|
|
|
|
|
this, m_fnameWE, &dec_data.d2[0], m_TRperiod, m_config.my_callsign(),
|
|
|
|
|
m_config.my_grid(), m_mode, m_nSubMode, m_freqNominal, m_hisCall, m_hisGrid)));
|
2017-05-11 19:56:18 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_mode=="WSPR") {
|
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
|
|
|
QString c2name_string {m_fnameWE + ".c2"};
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
int len1=c2name_string.length();
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
char c2name[80];
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
strcpy(c2name,c2name_string.toLatin1 ().constData ());
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
int nsec=120;
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
int nbfo=1500;
|
|
|
|
|
double f0m1500=m_freqNominal/1000000.0 + nbfo - 1500;
|
2016-08-29 17:01:38 +00:00
|
|
|
int err = savec2_(c2name,&nsec,&f0m1500,len1);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err!=0) MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Error saving c2 file"), c2name);
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
QString t2,cmnd;
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
double f0m1500=m_dialFreqRxWSPR/1000000.0; // + 0.000001*(m_BFO - 1500);
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
t2.sprintf(" -f %.6f ",f0m1500);
|
2017-05-19 15:52:48 +00:00
|
|
|
QString degrade;
|
|
|
|
|
degrade.sprintf("-d %4.1f ",m_config.degrade());
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-05-19 15:52:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_diskData) {
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
cmnd='"' + m_appDir + '"' + "/wsprd -a \"" +
|
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
|
|
|
QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absolutePath()) + "\" \"" + m_path + "\"";
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2017-05-19 15:52:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="WSPR-LF") {
|
|
|
|
|
cmnd='"' + m_appDir + '"' + "/wspr_fsk8d " + degrade + t2 +" -a \"" +
|
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
|
|
|
QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absolutePath()) + "\" " +
|
2017-05-19 15:52:48 +00:00
|
|
|
'"' + m_fnameWE + ".wav\"";
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
cmnd='"' + m_appDir + '"' + "/wsprd -a \"" +
|
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
|
|
|
QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absolutePath()) + "\" " +
|
2017-05-19 15:52:48 +00:00
|
|
|
t2 + '"' + m_fnameWE + ".wav\"";
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
QString t3=cmnd;
|
|
|
|
|
int i1=cmnd.indexOf("/wsprd ");
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
cmnd=t3.mid(0,i1+7) + t3.mid(i1+7);
|
2017-05-19 15:52:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-05-18 15:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="WSPR-LF") cmnd=cmnd.replace("/wsprd ","/wspr_fsk8d "+degrade+t2);
|
2016-05-17 20:45:40 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ui) ui->DecodeButton->setChecked (true);
|
2016-10-26 19:01:46 +00:00
|
|
|
m_cmndP1=QDir::toNativeSeparators(cmnd);
|
|
|
|
|
p1Timer.start(1000);
|
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
|
|
|
m_decoderBusy = true;
|
|
|
|
|
statusUpdate ();
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
m_rxDone=true;
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-26 19:01:46 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::startP1()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
p1.start(m_cmndP1);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-17 13:28:30 +00:00
|
|
|
QString MainWindow::save_wave_file (QString const& name, short const * data, int seconds,
|
|
|
|
|
QString const& my_callsign, QString const& my_grid, QString const& mode, qint32 sub_mode,
|
|
|
|
|
Frequency frequency, QString const& his_call, QString const& his_grid) const
|
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// This member function runs in a thread and should not access
|
|
|
|
|
// members that may be changed in the GUI thread or any other thread
|
|
|
|
|
// without suitable synchronization.
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
|
|
|
QAudioFormat format;
|
|
|
|
|
format.setCodec ("audio/pcm");
|
|
|
|
|
format.setSampleRate (12000);
|
|
|
|
|
format.setChannelCount (1);
|
|
|
|
|
format.setSampleSize (16);
|
|
|
|
|
format.setSampleType (QAudioFormat::SignedInt);
|
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
auto source = QString {"%1, %2"}.arg (my_callsign).arg (my_grid);
|
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
|
|
|
auto comment = QString {"Mode=%1%2, Freq=%3%4"}
|
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.arg (mode)
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (QString {mode.contains ('J') && !mode.contains ('+')
|
|
|
|
|
? QString {", Sub Mode="} + QChar {'A' + sub_mode}
|
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
|
|
|
: QString {}})
|
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.arg (Radio::frequency_MHz_string (frequency))
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (QString {!mode.startsWith ("WSPR") ? QString {", DXCall=%1, DXGrid=%2"}
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (his_call)
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (his_grid).toLocal8Bit () : ""});
|
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
|
|
|
BWFFile::InfoDictionary list_info {
|
2016-01-20 20:50:24 +00:00
|
|
|
{{{'I','S','R','C'}}, source.toLocal8Bit ()},
|
|
|
|
|
{{{'I','S','F','T'}}, program_title (revision ()).simplified ().toLocal8Bit ()},
|
|
|
|
|
{{{'I','C','R','D'}}, QDateTime::currentDateTime ()
|
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.toString ("yyyy-MM-ddTHH:mm:ss.zzzZ").toLocal8Bit ()},
|
2016-01-20 20:50:24 +00:00
|
|
|
{{{'I','C','M','T'}}, comment.toLocal8Bit ()},
|
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
BWFFile wav {format, name + ".wav", list_info};
|
|
|
|
|
if (!wav.open (BWFFile::WriteOnly)
|
|
|
|
|
|| 0 > wav.write (reinterpret_cast<char const *> (data)
|
|
|
|
|
, sizeof (short) * seconds * format.sampleRate ()))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return wav.errorString ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return QString {};
|
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
//-------------------------------------------------------------- fastSink()
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::fastSink(qint64 frames)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int k (frames);
|
|
|
|
|
bool decodeNow=false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if(k < m_k0) { //New sequence ?
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy(fast_green2,fast_green,4*703); //Copy fast_green[] to fast_green2[]
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy(fast_s2,fast_s,4*703*64); //Copy fast_s[] into fast_s2[]
|
|
|
|
|
fast_jh2=fast_jh;
|
|
|
|
|
if(!m_diskData) memset(dec_data.d2,0,2*30*12000); //Zero the d2[] array
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bFastDecodeCalled=false;
|
2016-10-17 13:28:30 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bDecoded=false;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-09-20 16:25:25 +00:00
|
|
|
QDateTime tnow=QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc();
|
|
|
|
|
int ihr=tnow.toString("hh").toInt();
|
|
|
|
|
int imin=tnow.toString("mm").toInt();
|
|
|
|
|
int isec=tnow.toString("ss").toInt();
|
|
|
|
|
isec=isec - isec%m_TRperiod;
|
|
|
|
|
int nutc0=10000*ihr + 100*imin + isec;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_diskData) nutc0=m_UTCdisk;
|
|
|
|
|
char line[80];
|
|
|
|
|
bool bmsk144=((m_mode=="MSK144") and (m_monitoring or m_diskData));
|
|
|
|
|
line[0]=0;
|
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-01-09 01:09:58 +00:00
|
|
|
int RxFreq=ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value ();
|
2016-09-28 20:41:41 +00:00
|
|
|
int nTRpDepth=m_TRperiod + 1000*(m_ndepth & 3);
|
2016-09-29 13:29:20 +00:00
|
|
|
qint64 ms0 = QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch();
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
strncpy(dec_data.params.mycall, (m_baseCall+" ").toLatin1(),12);
|
2016-10-04 14:01:02 +00:00
|
|
|
QString hisCall {ui->dxCallEntry->text ()};
|
|
|
|
|
bool bshmsg=ui->cbShMsgs->isChecked();
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
bool bcontest=ui->cbVHFcontest->isChecked();
|
2016-12-31 02:05:51 +00:00
|
|
|
bool bswl=ui->cbSWL->isChecked();
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
strncpy(dec_data.params.hiscall,(Radio::base_callsign (hisCall) + " ").toLatin1 ().constData (), 12);
|
2016-12-17 21:18:47 +00:00
|
|
|
strncpy(dec_data.params.mygrid, (m_config.my_grid()+" ").toLatin1(),6);
|
2017-01-22 03:20:46 +00:00
|
|
|
QString dataDir;
|
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
|
|
|
dataDir = m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absolutePath ();
|
2017-01-22 03:20:46 +00:00
|
|
|
char ddir[512];
|
|
|
|
|
strncpy(ddir,dataDir.toLatin1(), sizeof (ddir) - 1);
|
2017-03-06 14:34:25 +00:00
|
|
|
float pxmax = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
float rmsNoGain = 0;
|
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
|
|
|
int ftol = ui->sbFtol->value ();
|
|
|
|
|
hspec_(dec_data.d2,&k,&nutc0,&nTRpDepth,&RxFreq,&ftol,&bmsk144,&bcontest,
|
2017-02-21 02:13:13 +00:00
|
|
|
&m_bTrain,m_phaseEqCoefficients.constData(),&m_inGain,&dec_data.params.mycall[0],
|
|
|
|
|
&dec_data.params.hiscall[0],&bshmsg,&bswl,
|
2017-03-06 14:34:25 +00:00
|
|
|
&ddir[0],fast_green,fast_s,&fast_jh,&pxmax,&rmsNoGain,&line[0],&dec_data.params.mygrid[0],
|
2017-02-21 02:13:13 +00:00
|
|
|
12,12,512,80,6);
|
2016-09-13 12:51:34 +00:00
|
|
|
float px = fast_green[fast_jh];
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
QString t;
|
|
|
|
|
t.sprintf(" Rx noise: %5.1f ",px);
|
2017-03-06 14:34:25 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->signal_meter_widget->setValue(rmsNoGain,pxmax); // Update thermometer
|
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
|
|
|
m_fastGraph->plotSpec(m_diskData,m_UTCdisk);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-09-20 16:25:25 +00:00
|
|
|
if(bmsk144 and (line[0]!=0)) {
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8016 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:22:54 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Remove call to jtmsg.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8017 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:52:52 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Bring a simulation tool up to date.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8022 | k9an | 2017-08-13 02:35:13 +0100 (Sun, 13 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Improve efficiency of OSD by a factor of 5 to 10 for norder=2 and
3. Use norder=2 for wideband multi-decoding, norder=3 near nfqso and
nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8026 | k9an | 2017-08-14 16:00:48 +0100 (Mon, 14 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make default MSK144 amplitude polynomial flat.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8029 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 14:07:27 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Edit the advice displayed by F5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8030 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 23:34:26 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8031 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:14:51 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Improvements to the OSD to allow deeper wideband decoding.
2. Add a third decoding pass.
3. Change symbol metric from max-log to max-amplitude.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8032 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:17:23 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Delete unused array.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8033 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:21:59 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
More cleanup.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8034 | k1jt | 2017-08-24 14:38:47 +0100 (Thu, 24 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Possible pseudo-code for DXpedition auto-sequencing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8035 | k1jt | 2017-08-25 17:59:58 +0100 (Fri, 25 Aug 2017) | 4 lines
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for
subsequent regenerations.
This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until
changed back.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8036 | k1jt | 2017-08-26 17:30:47 +0100 (Sat, 26 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Use a baseline-fitting procedure to improve S/N estimates for FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8037 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 13:26:37 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix the 'Start=0 ==> S/N = -24 dB' problem.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8038 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 14:11:56 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Change magic 36 back to 37; does this break something else?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8039 | k1jt | 2017-08-28 15:32:14 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the behavior of FT8 in "NA VHF Contest mode".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8040 | k9an | 2017-08-28 22:09:44 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a potential array bounds issue in osd174.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8043 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:37 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Update AD1C cty.dat database to 14th Aug 2017 big CTY.DAT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8044 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:51 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Basic fix of auto sequencing with free text 73 messages, more to come
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8045 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:46:32 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Ensure that auto Tx is disabled when stop Tx on 73 isn't enabled and
DX call is cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8046 | k1jt | 2017-08-29 15:01:55 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Update text in User Guide related to *NA VHF Contest Mode*.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8047 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 03:27:57 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing
73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather
than being processed.
Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++
code in the logbook directory.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8048 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 14:20:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make 73 and RR73 matching of incoming messages for exact while words
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8049 | k1jt | 2017-08-30 18:06:49 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-31 00:41:52 +00:00
|
|
|
QString message {QString::fromLatin1 (line)};
|
2017-09-01 23:55:56 +00:00
|
|
|
DecodedText decodedtext {message.replace (QChar::LineFeed, ""), bcontest, m_config.my_grid ()};
|
2016-09-20 16:25:25 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextBrowser->displayDecodedText (decodedtext,m_baseCall,m_config.DXCC(),
|
|
|
|
|
m_logBook,m_config.color_CQ(),m_config.color_MyCall(),m_config.color_DXCC(),
|
|
|
|
|
m_config.color_NewCall());
|
|
|
|
|
m_bDecoded=true;
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
auto_sequence (decodedtext, ui->sbFtol->value (), std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max ());
|
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_mode != "ISCAT") postDecode (true, decodedtext.string ());
|
2016-10-07 15:23:37 +00:00
|
|
|
writeAllTxt(message);
|
2016-10-02 23:16:47 +00:00
|
|
|
bool stdMsg = decodedtext.report(m_baseCall,
|
|
|
|
|
Radio::base_callsign(ui->dxCallEntry->text()),m_rptRcvd);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (stdMsg) pskPost (decodedtext);
|
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-10-02 23:16:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
float fracTR=float(k)/(12000.0*m_TRperiod);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
decodeNow=false;
|
2016-10-17 16:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if(fracTR>0.92) {
|
2016-09-28 20:41:41 +00:00
|
|
|
m_dataAvailable=true;
|
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
fast_decode_done();
|
2016-09-30 15:55:53 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bFastDone=true;
|
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_k0=k;
|
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_diskData and m_k0 >= dec_data.params.kin - 7 * 512) decodeNow=true;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!m_diskData and m_tRemaining<0.35 and !m_bFastDecodeCalled) decodeNow=true;
|
2016-10-12 18:21:45 +00:00
|
|
|
// if(m_mode=="MSK144" and m_config.realTimeDecode()) decodeNow=false;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="MSK144") decodeNow=false;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if(decodeNow) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_dataAvailable=true;
|
|
|
|
|
m_t0=0.0;
|
|
|
|
|
m_t1=k/12000.0;
|
|
|
|
|
m_kdone=k;
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.newdat=1;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!m_decoderBusy) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_bFastDecodeCalled=true;
|
|
|
|
|
decode();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-10-17 16:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
if(decodeNow or m_bFastDone) {
|
2016-10-17 13:28:30 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!m_diskData) {
|
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
|
|
|
QDateTime now {QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc()};
|
2016-07-14 14:22:05 +00:00
|
|
|
int n=now.time().second() % m_TRperiod;
|
|
|
|
|
if(n<(m_TRperiod/2)) n=n+m_TRperiod;
|
|
|
|
|
auto const& period_start = now.addSecs (-n);
|
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
|
|
|
m_fnameWE = m_config.save_directory ().absoluteFilePath (period_start.toString ("yyMMdd_hhmmss"));
|
|
|
|
|
m_fileToSave.clear ();
|
2016-10-17 16:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_saveAll or m_bAltV or (m_bDecoded and m_saveDecoded) or (m_mode!="MSK144")) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_bAltV=false;
|
2016-10-17 13:28:30 +00:00
|
|
|
// the following is potential a threading hazard - not a good
|
|
|
|
|
// idea to pass pointer to be processed in another thread
|
|
|
|
|
m_saveWAVWatcher.setFuture (QtConcurrent::run (std::bind (&MainWindow::save_wave_file,
|
|
|
|
|
this, m_fnameWE, &dec_data.d2[0], m_TRperiod, m_config.my_callsign(),
|
|
|
|
|
m_config.my_grid(), m_mode, m_nSubMode, m_freqNominal, m_hisCall, m_hisGrid)));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode!="MSK144") {
|
|
|
|
|
killFileTimer.start (3*1000*m_TRperiod/4); //Kill 3/4 period from now
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-09-30 15:55:53 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bFastDone=false;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-10-03 13:48:30 +00:00
|
|
|
float tsec=0.001*(QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch() - ms0);
|
|
|
|
|
m_fCPUmskrtd=0.9*m_fCPUmskrtd + 0.1*tsec;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::showSoundInError(const QString& errorMsg)
|
2016-08-12 16:12:52 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_splash && m_splash->isVisible ()) m_splash->hide ();
|
|
|
|
|
MessageBox::critical_message (this, tr ("Error in Sound Input"), errorMsg);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2013-08-05 13:57:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::showSoundOutError(const QString& errorMsg)
|
2016-08-12 16:12:52 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_splash && m_splash->isVisible ()) m_splash->hide ();
|
|
|
|
|
MessageBox::critical_message (this, tr ("Error in Sound Output"), errorMsg);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::showStatusMessage(const QString& statusMsg)
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
{statusBar()->showMessage(statusMsg);}
|
2013-04-23 20:46:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionSettings_triggered() //Setup Dialog
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
// things that might change that we need know about
|
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
|
|
|
auto callsign = m_config.my_callsign ();
|
2016-10-13 16:19:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if (QDialog::Accepted == m_config.exec ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_config.my_callsign () != callsign) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_baseCall = Radio::base_callsign (m_config.my_callsign ());
|
|
|
|
|
morse_(const_cast<char *> (m_config.my_callsign ().toLatin1().constData()),
|
|
|
|
|
const_cast<int *> (icw), &m_ncw, m_config.my_callsign ().length());
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-10-13 16:19:24 +00:00
|
|
|
on_dxGridEntry_textChanged (m_hisGrid); // recalculate distances in case of units change
|
|
|
|
|
enable_DXCC_entity (m_config.DXCC ()); // sets text window proportions and (re)inits the logbook
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-10-13 16:19:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_config.spot_to_psk_reporter ()) pskSetLocal ();
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-10-13 16:19:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_config.restart_audio_input ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
Q_EMIT startAudioInputStream (m_config.audio_input_device (),
|
|
|
|
|
m_framesAudioInputBuffered, m_detector, m_downSampleFactor,
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_config.audio_input_channel ());
|
2016-10-13 16:19:24 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-10-13 16:19:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_config.restart_audio_output ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
Q_EMIT initializeAudioOutputStream (m_config.audio_output_device (),
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
AudioDevice::Mono == m_config.audio_output_channel () ? 1 : 2,
|
2016-10-13 16:19:24 +00:00
|
|
|
m_msAudioOutputBuffered);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-10-13 16:19:24 +00:00
|
|
|
displayDialFrequency ();
|
2016-10-24 14:56:14 +00:00
|
|
|
bool vhf {m_config.enable_VHF_features()};
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setVHF(vhf);
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!vhf) ui->sbSubmode->setValue (0);
|
2016-12-16 17:14:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-10-13 16:19:24 +00:00
|
|
|
setup_status_bar (vhf);
|
|
|
|
|
bool b = vhf && (m_mode=="JT4" or m_mode=="JT65" or m_mode=="ISCAT" or
|
2017-07-16 15:10:16 +00:00
|
|
|
m_mode=="JT9" or m_mode=="MSK144" or m_mode=="QRA64");
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if(b) VHF_features_enabled(b);
|
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="FT8") on_actionFT8_triggered();
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="JT4") on_actionJT4_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="JT9") on_actionJT9_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="JT9+JT65") on_actionJT9_JT65_triggered();
|
2016-11-21 15:46:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="JT65") {
|
|
|
|
|
on_actionJT65_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="QRA64") on_actionQRA64_triggered();
|
2017-01-03 21:37:38 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="FreqCal") on_actionFreqCal_triggered();
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="ISCAT") on_actionISCAT_triggered();
|
2016-12-17 21:48:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="MSK144") {
|
|
|
|
|
on_actionMSK144_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="WSPR") on_actionWSPR_triggered();
|
2017-04-28 16:49:09 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="WSPR-LF") on_actionWSPR_LF_triggered();
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="Echo") on_actionEcho_triggered();
|
2017-07-16 15:10:16 +00:00
|
|
|
if(b) VHF_features_enabled(b);
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-07-16 21:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
m_config.transceiver_online ();
|
|
|
|
|
if(!m_bFastMode) setXIT (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ());
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_config.single_decode() or m_mode=="JT4") {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->label_6->setText("Single-Period Decodes");
|
|
|
|
|
ui->label_7->setText("Average Decodes");
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->label_6->setText("Band Activity");
|
|
|
|
|
ui->label_7->setText("Rx Frequency");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
update_watchdog_label ();
|
|
|
|
|
if(!m_splitMode) ui->cbCQTx->setChecked(false);
|
|
|
|
|
if(!m_config.enable_VHF_features()) {
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionInclude_averaging->setVisible(false);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionInclude_correlation->setVisible (false);
|
2017-07-16 21:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionInclude_averaging->setChecked(false);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionInclude_correlation->setChecked(false);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-12-16 17:14:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_monitorButton_clicked (bool checked)
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!m_transmitting) {
|
|
|
|
|
auto prior = m_monitoring;
|
|
|
|
|
monitor (checked);
|
|
|
|
|
if (checked && !prior) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_config.monitor_last_used ()) {
|
2015-02-27 18:59:08 +00:00
|
|
|
// put rig back where it was when last in control
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
setRig (m_lastMonitoredFrequency);
|
|
|
|
|
setXIT (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ());
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-01-09 22:54:40 +00:00
|
|
|
// ensure FreqCal triggers
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
on_RxFreqSpinBox_valueChanged (ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value ());
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
//Get Configuration in/out of strict split and mode checking
|
|
|
|
|
Q_EMIT m_config.sync_transceiver (true, checked);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->monitorButton->setChecked (false); // disallow
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::monitor (bool state)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
ui->monitorButton->setChecked (state);
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if (state) {
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_diskData = false; // no longer reading WAV files
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!m_monitoring) Q_EMIT resumeAudioInputStream ();
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
Q_EMIT suspendAudioInputStream ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2014-04-21 14:39:39 +00:00
|
|
|
m_monitoring = state;
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-09 17:52:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionAbout_triggered() //Display "About"
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2015-02-23 15:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
CAboutDlg {this}.exec ();
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_autoButton_clicked (bool checked)
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
m_auto = checked;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (checked
|
|
|
|
|
&& ui->cbFirst->isVisible () && ui->cbFirst->isChecked()
|
|
|
|
|
&& CALLING == m_QSOProgress) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_bAutoReply = false; // ready for next
|
|
|
|
|
m_bCallingCQ = true; // allows tail-enders to be picked up
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbFirst->setStyleSheet ("QCheckBox{color:red}");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbFirst->setStyleSheet("");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (!checked) m_bCallingCQ = false;
|
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
|
|
|
statusUpdate ();
|
2015-06-06 18:02:39 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bEchoTxOK=false;
|
2015-06-11 15:32:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_auto and (m_mode=="Echo")) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_nclearave=1;
|
|
|
|
|
echocom_.nsum=0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
|
2015-07-07 19:02:25 +00:00
|
|
|
QPalette palette {ui->sbTxPercent->palette ()};
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_auto or m_pctx==0) {
|
2015-07-07 19:02:25 +00:00
|
|
|
palette.setColor(QPalette::Base,Qt::white);
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2015-07-07 19:02:25 +00:00
|
|
|
palette.setColor(QPalette::Base,Qt::yellow);
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-07-07 19:02:25 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->sbTxPercent->setPalette(palette);
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::auto_tx_mode (bool state)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
ui->autoButton->setChecked (state);
|
|
|
|
|
on_autoButton_clicked (state);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-30 16:25:47 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::keyPressEvent (QKeyEvent * e)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-11-23 16:05:50 +00:00
|
|
|
int n;
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
switch(e->key())
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case Qt::Key_D:
|
2016-10-14 14:15:34 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode != "WSPR" && e->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier) {
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!m_decoderBusy) {
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.newdat=0;
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nagain=0;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
decode();
|
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-11 16:51:57 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2017-07-07 13:08:48 +00:00
|
|
|
case Qt::Key_F1:
|
|
|
|
|
on_actionOnline_User_Guide_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
case Qt::Key_F2:
|
|
|
|
|
on_actionSettings_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
case Qt::Key_F3:
|
|
|
|
|
on_actionKeyboard_shortcuts_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
case Qt::Key_F4:
|
2015-06-18 22:18:05 +00:00
|
|
|
clearDX ();
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->dxCallEntry->setFocus();
|
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2017-07-07 13:08:48 +00:00
|
|
|
case Qt::Key_F5:
|
|
|
|
|
on_actionSpecial_mouse_commands_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
case Qt::Key_F6:
|
|
|
|
|
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier) {
|
|
|
|
|
on_actionDecode_remaining_files_in_directory_triggered();
|
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2017-07-07 13:08:48 +00:00
|
|
|
on_actionOpen_next_in_directory_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
case Qt::Key_F11:
|
|
|
|
|
n=11;
|
|
|
|
|
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) n+=100;
|
2017-07-09 13:40:54 +00:00
|
|
|
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier) {
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value()-60);
|
2017-07-16 15:05:53 +00:00
|
|
|
} else{
|
|
|
|
|
bumpFqso(n);
|
2017-07-09 13:40:54 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
case Qt::Key_F12:
|
|
|
|
|
n=12;
|
|
|
|
|
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) n+=100;
|
2017-07-09 13:40:54 +00:00
|
|
|
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier) {
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value()+60);
|
2017-07-16 15:05:53 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
bumpFqso(n);
|
2017-07-09 13:40:54 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2017-07-07 13:08:48 +00:00
|
|
|
case Qt::Key_E:
|
|
|
|
|
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->txFirstCheckBox->setChecked(false);
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (e->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->txFirstCheckBox->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
case Qt::Key_F:
|
|
|
|
|
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) {
|
|
|
|
|
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==0) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->tx5->clearEditText();
|
|
|
|
|
ui->tx5->setFocus();
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->freeTextMsg->clearEditText();
|
|
|
|
|
ui->freeTextMsg->setFocus();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
case Qt::Key_G:
|
|
|
|
|
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier) {
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
genStdMsgs (m_rpt, true);
|
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
case Qt::Key_H:
|
|
|
|
|
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier) {
|
|
|
|
|
on_stopTxButton_clicked();
|
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
case Qt::Key_L:
|
|
|
|
|
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) {
|
|
|
|
|
lookup();
|
|
|
|
|
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
|
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2017-07-07 13:08:48 +00:00
|
|
|
case Qt::Key_O:
|
|
|
|
|
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) {
|
|
|
|
|
on_actionOpen_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
case Qt::Key_V:
|
|
|
|
|
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier) {
|
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
|
|
|
m_fileToSave = m_fnameWE;
|
2016-10-17 16:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bAltV=true;
|
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2017-06-29 13:42:24 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QMainWindow::keyPressEvent (e);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-11-23 16:05:50 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::bumpFqso(int n) //bumpFqso()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-11-23 16:44:40 +00:00
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
bool ctrl = (n>=100);
|
|
|
|
|
n=n%100;
|
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
i=ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value ();
|
2012-11-23 16:44:40 +00:00
|
|
|
if(n==11) i--;
|
|
|
|
|
if(n==12) i++;
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ui->RxFreqSpinBox->isEnabled ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue (i);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if(ctrl and m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
|
2015-06-05 13:42:45 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->WSPRfreqSpinBox->setValue(i);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if(ctrl) {
|
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue (i);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-06-05 13:42:45 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-11-23 16:05:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::displayDialFrequency ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
Frequency dial_frequency {m_rigState.ptt () && m_rigState.split () ?
|
|
|
|
|
m_rigState.tx_frequency () : m_rigState.frequency ()};
|
|
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
// lookup band
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
auto const& band_name = m_config.bands ()->find (dial_frequency);
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_lastBand != band_name)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
// only change this when necessary as we get called a lot and it
|
|
|
|
|
// would trash any user input to the band combo box line edit
|
|
|
|
|
ui->bandComboBox->setCurrentText (band_name);
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setRxBand (band_name);
|
|
|
|
|
m_lastBand = band_name;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
// search working frequencies for one we are within 10kHz of (1 Mhz
|
|
|
|
|
// of on VHF and up)
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
bool valid {false};
|
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
quint64 min_offset {99999999};
|
2015-05-31 11:51:31 +00:00
|
|
|
for (auto const& item : *m_config.frequencies ())
|
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2015-04-11 15:29:37 +00:00
|
|
|
// we need to do specific checks for above and below here to
|
|
|
|
|
// ensure that we can use unsigned Radio::Frequency since we
|
|
|
|
|
// potentially use the full 64-bit unsigned range.
|
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
auto const& working_frequency = item.frequency_;
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
auto const& offset = dial_frequency > working_frequency ?
|
|
|
|
|
dial_frequency - working_frequency :
|
|
|
|
|
working_frequency - dial_frequency;
|
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if (offset < min_offset) {
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
min_offset = offset;
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (min_offset < 10000u || (m_config.enable_VHF_features() && min_offset < 1000000u)) {
|
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
valid = true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-06-11 13:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
update_dynamic_property (ui->labDialFreq, "oob", !valid);
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->labDialFreq->setText (Radio::pretty_frequency_MHz_string (dial_frequency));
|
2013-03-18 13:24:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::statusChanged()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
|
|
|
statusUpdate ();
|
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
QFile f {m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("wsjtx_status.txt")};
|
2013-04-23 00:52:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if(f.open(QFile::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text)) {
|
|
|
|
|
QTextStream out(&f);
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
out << qSetRealNumberPrecision (12) << (m_freqNominal / 1.e6)
|
|
|
|
|
<< ";" << m_mode << ";" << m_hisCall << ";"
|
2013-07-08 23:08:25 +00:00
|
|
|
<< ui->rptSpinBox->value() << ";" << m_modeTx << endl;
|
2013-04-23 00:52:51 +00:00
|
|
|
f.close();
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2016-08-12 16:12:52 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_splash && m_splash->isVisible ()) m_splash->hide ();
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Status File Error")
|
|
|
|
|
, tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for writing: %2")
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (f.fileName ()).arg (f.errorString ()));
|
2013-03-18 13:24:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-10-13 18:02:44 +00:00
|
|
|
on_dxGridEntry_textChanged(m_hisGrid);
|
2013-03-18 13:24:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
|
|
|
bool MainWindow::eventFilter (QObject * object, QEvent * event)
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (event->type())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case QEvent::KeyPress:
|
|
|
|
|
// fall through
|
|
|
|
|
case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
|
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// reset the Tx watchdog
|
|
|
|
|
tx_watchdog (false);
|
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case QEvent::ChildAdded:
|
|
|
|
|
// ensure our child widgets get added to our event filter
|
|
|
|
|
add_child_to_event_filter (static_cast<QChildEvent *> (event)->child ());
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case QEvent::ChildRemoved:
|
|
|
|
|
// ensure our child widgets get d=removed from our event filter
|
|
|
|
|
remove_child_from_event_filter (static_cast<QChildEvent *> (event)->child ());
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default: break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
return QObject::eventFilter(object, event);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::createStatusBar() //createStatusBar
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
tx_status_label.setAlignment (Qt::AlignHCenter);
|
|
|
|
|
tx_status_label.setMinimumSize (QSize {150, 18});
|
|
|
|
|
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #00ff00}");
|
|
|
|
|
tx_status_label.setFrameStyle (QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Sunken);
|
|
|
|
|
statusBar()->addWidget (&tx_status_label);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-28 17:15:04 +00:00
|
|
|
config_label.setAlignment (Qt::AlignHCenter);
|
|
|
|
|
config_label.setMinimumSize (QSize {80, 18});
|
|
|
|
|
config_label.setFrameStyle (QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Sunken);
|
|
|
|
|
statusBar()->addWidget (&config_label);
|
|
|
|
|
config_label.hide (); // only shown for non-default configuration
|
2016-10-28 14:33:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
mode_label.setAlignment (Qt::AlignHCenter);
|
|
|
|
|
mode_label.setMinimumSize (QSize {80, 18});
|
|
|
|
|
mode_label.setFrameStyle (QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Sunken);
|
|
|
|
|
statusBar()->addWidget (&mode_label);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
last_tx_label.setAlignment (Qt::AlignHCenter);
|
|
|
|
|
last_tx_label.setMinimumSize (QSize {150, 18});
|
|
|
|
|
last_tx_label.setFrameStyle (QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Sunken);
|
|
|
|
|
statusBar()->addWidget (&last_tx_label);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
band_hopping_label.setAlignment (Qt::AlignHCenter);
|
|
|
|
|
band_hopping_label.setMinimumSize (QSize {90, 18});
|
|
|
|
|
band_hopping_label.setFrameStyle (QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Sunken);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
statusBar()->addPermanentWidget(&progressBar, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
progressBar.setMinimumSize (QSize {100, 18});
|
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
|
|
|
progressBar.setFormat ("%v/%m");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
statusBar ()->addPermanentWidget (&watchdog_label);
|
|
|
|
|
update_watchdog_label ();
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::setup_status_bar (bool vhf)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
|
|
|
auto submode = current_submode ();
|
2017-02-28 19:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
if (vhf && submode != QChar::Null)
|
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
mode_label.setText (m_mode + " " + submode);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
mode_label.setText (m_mode);
|
2016-10-12 16:33:18 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ("ISCAT" == m_mode) {
|
|
|
|
|
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #ff9933}");
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ("JT9" == m_mode) {
|
|
|
|
|
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #ff6ec7}");
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ("JT4" == m_mode) {
|
|
|
|
|
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #cc99ff}");
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ("Echo" == m_mode) {
|
|
|
|
|
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #66ffff}");
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ("JT9+JT65" == m_mode) {
|
|
|
|
|
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #ffff66}");
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ("JT65" == m_mode) {
|
|
|
|
|
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #66ff66}");
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ("QRA64" == m_mode) {
|
|
|
|
|
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #99ff33}");
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ("MSK144" == m_mode) {
|
|
|
|
|
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #ff6666}");
|
2017-06-19 20:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if ("FT8" == m_mode) {
|
|
|
|
|
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #6699ff}");
|
2017-01-03 21:37:38 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if ("FreqCal" == m_mode) {
|
|
|
|
|
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #ff9933}"); }
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
last_tx_label.setText (QString {});
|
2016-10-12 16:33:18 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_mode.contains (QRegularExpression {R"(^(Echo|ISCAT))"})) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (band_hopping_label.isVisible ()) statusBar ()->removeWidget (&band_hopping_label);
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if (m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
|
2016-10-12 16:33:18 +00:00
|
|
|
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #ff66ff}");
|
|
|
|
|
if (!band_hopping_label.isVisible ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
statusBar ()->addWidget (&band_hopping_label);
|
|
|
|
|
band_hopping_label.show ();
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-10-12 16:33:18 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
if (band_hopping_label.isVisible ()) statusBar ()->removeWidget (&band_hopping_label);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::subProcessFailed (QProcess * process, int exit_code, QProcess::ExitStatus status)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_valid && (exit_code || QProcess::NormalExit != status))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QStringList arguments;
|
|
|
|
|
for (auto argument: process->arguments ())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (argument.contains (' ')) argument = '"' + argument + '"';
|
|
|
|
|
arguments << argument;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-08-12 16:12:52 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_splash && m_splash->isVisible ()) m_splash->hide ();
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
MessageBox::critical_message (this, tr ("Subprocess Error")
|
|
|
|
|
, tr ("Subprocess failed with exit code %1")
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (exit_code)
|
|
|
|
|
, tr ("Running: %1\n%2")
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (process->program () + ' ' + arguments.join (' '))
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (QString {process->readAllStandardError()}));
|
2016-05-26 23:40:16 +00:00
|
|
|
QTimer::singleShot (0, this, SLOT (close ()));
|
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
|
|
|
m_valid = false; // ensures exit if still constructing
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::subProcessError (QProcess * process, QProcess::ProcessError)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_valid)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QStringList arguments;
|
|
|
|
|
for (auto argument: process->arguments ())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (argument.contains (' ')) argument = '"' + argument + '"';
|
|
|
|
|
arguments << argument;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-08-12 16:12:52 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_splash && m_splash->isVisible ()) m_splash->hide ();
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
MessageBox::critical_message (this, tr ("Subprocess error")
|
|
|
|
|
, tr ("Running: %1\n%2")
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (process->program () + ' ' + arguments.join (' '))
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (process->errorString ()));
|
2016-05-26 23:40:16 +00:00
|
|
|
QTimer::singleShot (0, this, SLOT (close ()));
|
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
|
|
|
m_valid = false; // ensures exit if still constructing
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::closeEvent(QCloseEvent * e)
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-05-26 23:40:16 +00:00
|
|
|
m_valid = false; // suppresses subprocess errors
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
m_config.transceiver_offline ();
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
writeSettings ();
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_astroWidget.reset ();
|
2013-08-07 23:09:13 +00:00
|
|
|
m_guiTimer.stop ();
|
2014-05-15 11:41:18 +00:00
|
|
|
m_prefixes.reset ();
|
|
|
|
|
m_shortcuts.reset ();
|
|
|
|
|
m_mouseCmnds.reset ();
|
2017-07-16 16:23:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode!="MSK144" and m_mode!="FT8") killFile();
|
2013-04-13 12:28:03 +00:00
|
|
|
mem_jt9->detach();
|
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
QFile quitFile {m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath (".quit")};
|
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
quitFile.open(QIODevice::ReadWrite);
|
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
QFile {m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath (".lock")}.remove(); // Allow jt9 to terminate
|
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
bool b=proc_jt9.waitForFinished(1000);
|
2016-05-26 23:40:16 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!b) proc_jt9.close();
|
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
quitFile.remove();
|
2013-08-07 23:09:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Q_EMIT finished ();
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QMainWindow::closeEvent (e);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_stopButton_clicked() //stopButton
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
monitor (false);
|
2016-04-07 20:02:32 +00:00
|
|
|
m_loopall=false;
|
2016-04-08 15:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_bRefSpec) {
|
2016-11-02 17:57:25 +00:00
|
|
|
MessageBox::information_message (this, tr ("Reference spectrum saved"));
|
2016-04-08 15:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bRefSpec=false;
|
2016-04-07 20:02:32 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionRelease_Notes_triggered ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-07-16 15:04:21 +00:00
|
|
|
QDesktopServices::openUrl (QUrl {"http://physics.princeton.edu/pulsar/k1jt/Release_Notes_1.8.0.txt"});
|
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-09-24 23:46:32 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionOnline_User_Guide_triggered() //Display manual
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2014-09-25 19:17:19 +00:00
|
|
|
#if defined (CMAKE_BUILD)
|
2016-01-02 22:30:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_manual.display_html_url (QUrl {PROJECT_MANUAL_DIRECTORY_URL}, PROJECT_MANUAL);
|
2014-09-25 19:17:19 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2014-09-24 23:46:32 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//Display local copy of manual
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionLocal_User_Guide_triggered()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2014-09-25 19:17:19 +00:00
|
|
|
#if defined (CMAKE_BUILD)
|
2016-01-02 22:30:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_manual.display_html_file (m_config.doc_dir (), PROJECT_MANUAL);
|
2014-09-25 19:17:19 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionWide_Waterfall_triggered() //Display Waterfalls
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->show();
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionEcho_Graph_triggered()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_echoGraph->show();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionFast_Graph_triggered()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_fastGraph->show();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionSolve_FreqCal_triggered()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QString dpath{QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_config.writeable_data_dir().absolutePath()+"/")};
|
|
|
|
|
char data_dir[512];
|
|
|
|
|
int len=dpath.length();
|
|
|
|
|
int iz,irc;
|
|
|
|
|
double a,b,rms,sigmaa,sigmab;
|
|
|
|
|
strncpy(data_dir,dpath.toLatin1(),len);
|
|
|
|
|
calibrate_(data_dir,&iz,&a,&b,&rms,&sigmaa,&sigmab,&irc,len);
|
|
|
|
|
QString t2;
|
|
|
|
|
if(irc==-1) t2="Cannot open " + dpath + "fmt.all";
|
|
|
|
|
if(irc==-2) t2="Cannot open " + dpath + "fcal2.out";
|
|
|
|
|
if(irc==-3) t2="Insufficient data in fmt.all";
|
|
|
|
|
if(irc==-4) t2 = tr ("Invalid data in fmt.all at line %1").arg (iz);
|
|
|
|
|
if(irc>0 or rms>1.0) t2="Check fmt.all for possible bad data.";
|
|
|
|
|
if (irc < 0 || irc > 0 || rms > 1.) {
|
|
|
|
|
MessageBox::warning_message (this, "Calibration Error", t2);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (MessageBox::Apply == MessageBox::query_message (this
|
|
|
|
|
, tr ("Good Calibration Solution")
|
|
|
|
|
, tr ("<pre>"
|
|
|
|
|
"%1%L2 ±%L3 ppm\n"
|
|
|
|
|
"%4%L5 ±%L6 Hz\n\n"
|
|
|
|
|
"%7%L8\n"
|
|
|
|
|
"%9%L10 Hz"
|
|
|
|
|
"</pre>")
|
|
|
|
|
.arg ("Slope: ", 12).arg (b, 0, 'f', 3).arg (sigmab, 0, 'f', 3)
|
|
|
|
|
.arg ("Intercept: ", 12).arg (a, 0, 'f', 2).arg (sigmaa, 0, 'f', 2)
|
|
|
|
|
.arg ("N: ", 12).arg (iz)
|
|
|
|
|
.arg ("StdDev: ", 12).arg (rms, 0, 'f', 2)
|
|
|
|
|
, QString {}
|
|
|
|
|
, MessageBox::Cancel | MessageBox::Apply)) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_config.set_calibration (Configuration::CalibrationParams {a, b});
|
|
|
|
|
if (MessageBox::Yes == MessageBox::query_message (this
|
|
|
|
|
, tr ("Delete Calibration Measurements")
|
|
|
|
|
, tr ("The \"fmt.all\" file will be renamed as \"fmt.bak\""))) {
|
|
|
|
|
// rename fmt.all as we have consumed the resulting calibration
|
|
|
|
|
// solution
|
|
|
|
|
auto const& backup_file_name = m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("fmt.bak");
|
|
|
|
|
QFile::remove (backup_file_name);
|
|
|
|
|
QFile::rename (m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("fmt.all"), backup_file_name);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionCopyright_Notice_triggered()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
auto const& message = tr("If you make fair use of any part of WSJT-X under terms of the GNU "
|
|
|
|
|
"General Public License, you must display the following copyright "
|
|
|
|
|
"notice prominently in your derivative work:\n\n"
|
|
|
|
|
"\"The algorithms, source code, look-and-feel of WSJT-X and related "
|
|
|
|
|
"programs, and protocol specifications for the modes FSK441, FT8, JT4, "
|
|
|
|
|
"JT6M, JT9, JT65, JTMS, QRA64, ISCAT, MSK144 are Copyright (C) "
|
|
|
|
|
"2001-2017 by one or more of the following authors: Joseph Taylor, "
|
|
|
|
|
"K1JT; Bill Somerville, G4WJS; Steven Franke, K9AN; Nico Palermo, "
|
|
|
|
|
"IV3NWV; Greg Beam, KI7MT; Michael Black, W9MDB; Edson Pereira, PY2SDR; "
|
|
|
|
|
"Philip Karn, KA9Q; and other members of the WSJT Development Group.\"");
|
|
|
|
|
MessageBox::warning_message(this, message);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
// This allows the window to shrink by removing certain things
|
|
|
|
|
// and reducing space used by controls
|
2017-07-04 14:39:07 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::hideMenus(bool checked)
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-03-15 18:25:21 +00:00
|
|
|
int spacing = checked ? 1 : 6;
|
|
|
|
|
if (checked) {
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
statusBar ()->removeWidget (&auto_tx_label);
|
|
|
|
|
minimumSize().setHeight(450);
|
|
|
|
|
minimumSize().setWidth(700);
|
|
|
|
|
restoreGeometry(m_geometryNoControls);
|
|
|
|
|
updateGeometry();
|
2017-07-01 19:05:52 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
m_geometryNoControls = saveGeometry();
|
|
|
|
|
statusBar ()->addWidget(&auto_tx_label);
|
|
|
|
|
minimumSize().setHeight(520);
|
|
|
|
|
minimumSize().setWidth(770);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-03-15 18:25:21 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->menuBar->setVisible(!checked);
|
2017-01-04 19:07:35 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode!="FreqCal") {
|
2017-03-15 18:25:21 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->label_6->setVisible(!checked);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->label_7->setVisible(!checked);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setVisible(!checked);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->line_2->setVisible(!checked);
|
2017-01-04 19:07:35 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2017-03-15 18:25:21 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->line->setVisible(!checked);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel->setVisible(!checked);
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->gridLayout_5->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->horizontalLayout->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->horizontalLayout_2->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->horizontalLayout_3->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->horizontalLayout_4->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->horizontalLayout_5->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->horizontalLayout_6->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->horizontalLayout_7->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->horizontalLayout_8->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->horizontalLayout_9->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->horizontalLayout_10->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->horizontalLayout_11->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->horizontalLayout_12->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->horizontalLayout_13->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->horizontalLayout_14->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->verticalLayout->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->verticalLayout_2->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->verticalLayout_3->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->verticalLayout_4->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->verticalLayout_5->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->verticalLayout_7->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->verticalLayout_8->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->tab->layout()->setSpacing(spacing);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionAstronomical_data_toggled (bool checked)
|
2014-03-05 18:20:40 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if (checked)
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2015-06-11 13:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
m_astroWidget.reset (new Astro {m_settings, &m_config});
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// hook up termination signal
|
|
|
|
|
connect (this, &MainWindow::finished, m_astroWidget.data (), &Astro::close);
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
connect (m_astroWidget.data (), &Astro::tracking_update, [this] {
|
|
|
|
|
m_astroCorrection = {};
|
|
|
|
|
setRig ();
|
|
|
|
|
setXIT (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ());
|
|
|
|
|
displayDialFrequency ();
|
|
|
|
|
});
|
|
|
|
|
m_astroWidget->showNormal();
|
|
|
|
|
m_astroWidget->raise ();
|
|
|
|
|
m_astroWidget->activateWindow ();
|
|
|
|
|
m_astroWidget->nominal_frequency (m_freqNominal, m_freqTxNominal);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_astroWidget.reset ();
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-03-05 18:20:40 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionMessage_averaging_triggered()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (!m_msgAvgWidget)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-05-18 23:22:24 +00:00
|
|
|
m_msgAvgWidget.reset (new MessageAveraging {m_settings, m_config.decoded_text_font ()});
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Connect signals from Message Averaging window
|
|
|
|
|
connect (this, &MainWindow::finished, m_msgAvgWidget.data (), &MessageAveraging::close);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
m_msgAvgWidget->showNormal();
|
2015-06-11 17:01:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_msgAvgWidget->raise ();
|
|
|
|
|
m_msgAvgWidget->activateWindow ();
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionOpen_triggered() //Open File
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
monitor (false);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
QString fname;
|
2012-07-02 15:33:33 +00:00
|
|
|
fname=QFileDialog::getOpenFileName(this, "Open File", m_path,
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
"WSJT Files (*.wav)");
|
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!fname.isEmpty ()) {
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
m_path=fname;
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
int i1=fname.lastIndexOf("/");
|
|
|
|
|
QString baseName=fname.mid(i1+1);
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #99ffff}");
|
|
|
|
|
tx_status_label.setText(" " + baseName + " ");
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
on_stopButton_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
m_diskData=true;
|
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
|
|
|
read_wav_file (fname);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::read_wav_file (QString const& fname)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
// call diskDat() when done
|
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
|
|
|
int i0=fname.lastIndexOf("_");
|
|
|
|
|
int i1=fname.indexOf(".wav");
|
|
|
|
|
m_nutc0=m_UTCdisk;
|
|
|
|
|
m_UTCdisk=fname.mid(i0+1,i1-i0-1).toInt();
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
m_wav_future_watcher.setFuture (QtConcurrent::run ([this, fname] {
|
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
|
|
|
auto basename = fname.mid (fname.lastIndexOf ('/') + 1);
|
|
|
|
|
auto pos = fname.indexOf (".wav", 0, Qt::CaseInsensitive);
|
|
|
|
|
// global variables and threads do not mix well, this needs changing
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nutc = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if (pos > 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (pos == fname.indexOf ('_', -11) + 7)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nutc = fname.mid (pos - 6, 6).toInt ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nutc = 100 * fname.mid (pos - 4, 4).toInt ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
BWFFile file {QAudioFormat {}, fname};
|
2016-12-22 20:51:27 +00:00
|
|
|
bool ok=file.open (BWFFile::ReadOnly);
|
|
|
|
|
if(ok) {
|
|
|
|
|
auto bytes_per_frame = file.format ().bytesPerFrame ();
|
|
|
|
|
qint64 max_bytes = std::min (std::size_t (m_TRperiod * RX_SAMPLE_RATE),
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof (dec_data.d2) / sizeof (dec_data.d2[0]))* bytes_per_frame;
|
|
|
|
|
auto n = file.read (reinterpret_cast<char *> (dec_data.d2),
|
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
|
|
|
std::min (max_bytes, file.size ()));
|
2016-12-22 20:51:27 +00:00
|
|
|
int frames_read = n / bytes_per_frame;
|
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
|
|
|
// zero unfilled remaining sample space
|
2017-04-28 16:49:09 +00:00
|
|
|
std::memset(&dec_data.d2[frames_read],0,max_bytes - n);
|
2016-12-22 20:51:27 +00:00
|
|
|
if (11025 == file.format ().sampleRate ()) {
|
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
|
|
|
short sample_size = file.format ().sampleSize ();
|
|
|
|
|
wav12_ (dec_data.d2, dec_data.d2, &frames_read, &sample_size);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-12-22 20:51:27 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.kin = frames_read;
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.newdat = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.kin = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.newdat = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
}));
|
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionOpen_next_in_directory_triggered() //Open Next
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2014-09-24 17:26:03 +00:00
|
|
|
monitor (false);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
int i,len;
|
|
|
|
|
QFileInfo fi(m_path);
|
|
|
|
|
QStringList list;
|
2014-03-05 18:20:40 +00:00
|
|
|
list= fi.dir().entryList().filter(".wav",Qt::CaseInsensitive);
|
2016-10-19 13:45:59 +00:00
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < list.size()-1; ++i) {
|
2012-07-12 21:22:55 +00:00
|
|
|
len=list.at(i).length();
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if(list.at(i)==m_path.right(len)) {
|
|
|
|
|
int n=m_path.length();
|
|
|
|
|
QString fname=m_path.replace(n-len,len,list.at(i+1));
|
|
|
|
|
m_path=fname;
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
int i1=fname.lastIndexOf("/");
|
|
|
|
|
QString baseName=fname.mid(i1+1);
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #99ffff}");
|
|
|
|
|
tx_status_label.setText(" " + baseName + " ");
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
m_diskData=true;
|
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
|
|
|
read_wav_file (fname);
|
2016-10-19 18:09:27 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_loopall and (i==list.size()-2)) {
|
2016-10-19 13:45:59 +00:00
|
|
|
m_loopall=false;
|
2016-10-31 14:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bNoMoreFiles=true;
|
2016-10-19 13:45:59 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-01-12 14:47:29 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
//Open all remaining files
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionDecode_remaining_files_in_directory_triggered()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_loopall=true;
|
|
|
|
|
on_actionOpen_next_in_directory_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::diskDat() //diskDat()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-12-22 20:51:27 +00:00
|
|
|
if(dec_data.params.kin>0) {
|
|
|
|
|
int k;
|
|
|
|
|
int kstep=m_FFTSize;
|
|
|
|
|
m_diskData=true;
|
|
|
|
|
float db=m_config.degrade();
|
|
|
|
|
float bw=m_config.RxBandwidth();
|
|
|
|
|
if(db > 0.0) degrade_snr_(dec_data.d2,&dec_data.params.kin,&db,&bw);
|
|
|
|
|
for(int n=1; n<=m_hsymStop; n++) { // Do the waterfall spectra
|
|
|
|
|
k=(n+1)*kstep;
|
|
|
|
|
if(k > dec_data.params.kin) break;
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.npts8=k/8;
|
|
|
|
|
dataSink(k);
|
|
|
|
|
qApp->processEvents(); //Update the waterfall
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
MessageBox::information_message(this, tr("No data read from disk. Wrong file format?"));
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-10-15 19:18:45 +00:00
|
|
|
//Delete ../save/*.wav
|
2012-07-02 16:13:21 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionDelete_all_wav_files_in_SaveDir_triggered()
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
auto button = MessageBox::query_message (this, tr ("Confirm Delete"),
|
|
|
|
|
tr ("Are you sure you want to delete all *.wav and *.c2 files in \"%1\"?")
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (QDir::toNativeSeparators (m_config.save_directory ().absolutePath ())));
|
|
|
|
|
if (MessageBox::Yes == button) {
|
2015-07-03 17:33:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_FOREACH (auto const& file
|
|
|
|
|
, m_config.save_directory ().entryList ({"*.wav", "*.c2"}, QDir::Files | QDir::Writable)) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_config.save_directory ().remove (file);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionNone_triggered() //Save None
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-10-30 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
m_saveDecoded=false;
|
|
|
|
|
m_saveAll=false;
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionNone->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionSave_decoded_triggered()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_saveDecoded=true;
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
m_saveAll=false;
|
2012-10-30 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionSave_decoded->setChecked(true);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionSave_all_triggered() //Save All
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-10-30 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
m_saveDecoded=false;
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
m_saveAll=true;
|
2012-10-30 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionSave_all->setChecked(true);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-07-18 13:35:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionKeyboard_shortcuts_triggered()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2014-05-15 11:41:18 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!m_shortcuts)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2015-06-08 16:05:01 +00:00
|
|
|
QFont font;
|
|
|
|
|
font.setPointSize (10);
|
|
|
|
|
m_shortcuts.reset (new HelpTextWindow {tr ("Keyboard Shortcuts")
|
|
|
|
|
, ":/shortcuts.txt", font});
|
2014-05-15 11:41:18 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-06-08 16:05:01 +00:00
|
|
|
m_shortcuts->showNormal ();
|
2015-06-11 17:01:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_shortcuts->raise ();
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-07-18 13:35:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionSpecial_mouse_commands_triggered()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2014-05-15 11:41:18 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!m_mouseCmnds)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2015-06-08 16:05:01 +00:00
|
|
|
QFont font;
|
|
|
|
|
font.setPointSize (10);
|
|
|
|
|
m_mouseCmnds.reset (new HelpTextWindow {tr ("Special Mouse Commands")
|
|
|
|
|
, ":/mouse_commands.txt", font});
|
2014-05-15 11:41:18 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-06-08 16:05:01 +00:00
|
|
|
m_mouseCmnds->showNormal ();
|
2015-06-11 17:01:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_mouseCmnds->raise ();
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_DecodeButton_clicked (bool /* checked */) //Decode request
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-10-17 14:35:59 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="MSK144") {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->DecodeButton->setChecked(false);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR") && !m_decoderBusy) {
|
2016-10-17 14:35:59 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.newdat=0;
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nagain=1;
|
|
|
|
|
m_blankLine=false; // don't insert the separator again
|
|
|
|
|
decode();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-10-26 16:52:04 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::freezeDecode(int n) //freezeDecode()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if((n%100)==2) on_DecodeButton_clicked (true);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_ClrAvgButton_clicked()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_nclearave=1;
|
2015-06-13 12:08:32 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_msgAvgWidget != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_msgAvgWidget->isVisible()) m_msgAvgWidget->displayAvg("");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::msgAvgDecode2()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
on_DecodeButton_clicked (true);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::decode() //decode()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!m_dataAvailable or m_TRperiod==0) return;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->DecodeButton->setChecked (true);
|
2017-06-26 15:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!dec_data.params.nagain && m_diskData && !m_bFastMode && m_mode!="FT8") {
|
2016-03-10 18:35:41 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nutc=dec_data.params.nutc/100;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if(dec_data.params.nagain==0 && dec_data.params.newdat==1 && (!m_diskData)) {
|
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
qint64 ms = QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch() % 86400000;
|
|
|
|
|
int imin=ms/60000;
|
|
|
|
|
int ihr=imin/60;
|
|
|
|
|
imin=imin % 60;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_TRperiod>=60) imin=imin - (imin % (m_TRperiod/60));
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nutc=100*ihr + imin;
|
2017-06-26 23:45:19 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="ISCAT" or m_mode=="MSK144" or m_bFast9 or m_mode=="FT8") {
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
QDateTime t=QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().addSecs(2-m_TRperiod);
|
|
|
|
|
ihr=t.toString("hh").toInt();
|
|
|
|
|
imin=t.toString("mm").toInt();
|
|
|
|
|
int isec=t.toString("ss").toInt();
|
|
|
|
|
isec=isec - isec%m_TRperiod;
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nutc=10000*ihr + 100*imin + isec;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_nPick==1 and !m_diskData) {
|
|
|
|
|
QDateTime t=QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc();
|
|
|
|
|
int ihr=t.toString("hh").toInt();
|
|
|
|
|
int imin=t.toString("mm").toInt();
|
|
|
|
|
int isec=t.toString("ss").toInt();
|
|
|
|
|
isec=isec - isec%m_TRperiod;
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nutc=10000*ihr + 100*imin + isec;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_nPick==2) dec_data.params.nutc=m_nutc0;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nQSOProgress = m_QSOProgress;
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nfqso=m_wideGraph->rxFreq();
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nftx = ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ();
|
2016-05-17 19:35:38 +00:00
|
|
|
qint32 depth {m_ndepth};
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!ui->actionInclude_averaging->isVisible ()) depth &= ~16;
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ui->actionInclude_correlation->isVisible ()) depth &= ~32;
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ui->actionEnable_AP_DXcall->isVisible ()) depth &= ~64;
|
2016-05-17 19:35:38 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.ndepth=depth;
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.n2pass=1;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_config.twoPass()) dec_data.params.n2pass=2;
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nranera=m_config.ntrials();
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.naggressive=m_config.aggressive();
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nrobust=0;
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.ndiskdat=0;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_diskData) dec_data.params.ndiskdat=1;
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nfa=m_wideGraph->nStartFreq();
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nfSplit=m_wideGraph->Fmin();
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nfb=m_wideGraph->Fmax();
|
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.ntol=ui->sbFtol->value ();
|
2016-10-24 20:48:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="JT9+JT65" or !m_config.enable_VHF_features()) {
|
2016-01-01 15:33:48 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.ntol=20;
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.naggressive=0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-07-09 20:45:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if(dec_data.params.nutc < m_nutc0) m_RxLog = 1; //Date and Time to ALL.TXT
|
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
|
|
|
if(dec_data.params.newdat==1 and !m_diskData) m_nutc0=dec_data.params.nutc;
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.ntxmode=9;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_modeTx=="JT65") dec_data.params.ntxmode=65;
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nmode=9;
|
2016-06-24 14:36:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="JT65") dec_data.params.nmode=65;
|
2016-07-06 14:18:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="QRA64") dec_data.params.nmode=164;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="QRA64") dec_data.params.ntxmode=164;
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="JT9+JT65") dec_data.params.nmode=9+65; // = 74
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="JT4") {
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nmode=4;
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.ntxmode=4;
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2017-06-17 15:55:30 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="FT8") dec_data.params.nmode=8;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="FT8") dec_data.params.lapon = ui->actionEnable_AP->isVisible () && ui->actionEnable_AP->isChecked ();
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="FT8") dec_data.params.napwid=50;
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.ntrperiod=m_TRperiod;
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nsubmode=m_nSubMode;
|
2016-07-28 15:18:06 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="QRA64") dec_data.params.nsubmode=100 + m_nSubMode;
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.minw=0;
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nclearave=m_nclearave;
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_nclearave!=0) {
|
|
|
|
|
QFile f(m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("avemsg.txt"));
|
|
|
|
|
f.remove();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.dttol=m_DTtol;
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.emedelay=0.0;
|
2016-09-06 15:36:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) dec_data.params.emedelay=2.5;
|
2016-05-05 18:52:47 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.minSync=ui->syncSpinBox->isVisible () ? m_minSync : 0;
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nexp_decode=0;
|
2016-10-24 15:25:25 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_config.single_decode()) dec_data.params.nexp_decode += 32;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_config.enable_VHF_features()) dec_data.params.nexp_decode += 64;
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if(ui->cbVHFcontest->isChecked()) dec_data.params.nexp_decode += 128;
|
2016-03-10 15:13:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
strncpy(dec_data.params.datetime, m_dateTime.toLatin1(), 20);
|
|
|
|
|
strncpy(dec_data.params.mycall, (m_config.my_callsign()+" ").toLatin1(),12);
|
|
|
|
|
strncpy(dec_data.params.mygrid, (m_config.my_grid()+" ").toLatin1(),6);
|
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
QString hisCall {ui->dxCallEntry->text ()};
|
|
|
|
|
QString hisGrid {ui->dxGridEntry->text ()};
|
|
|
|
|
strncpy(dec_data.params.hiscall,(hisCall + " ").toLatin1 ().constData (), 12);
|
|
|
|
|
strncpy(dec_data.params.hisgrid,(hisGrid + " ").toLatin1 ().constData (), 6);
|
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//newdat=1 ==> this is new data, must do the big FFT
|
|
|
|
|
//nagain=1 ==> decode only at fQSO +/- Tol
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-13 12:28:03 +00:00
|
|
|
char *to = (char*)mem_jt9->data();
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
char *from = (char*) dec_data.ss;
|
|
|
|
|
int size=sizeof(struct dec_data);
|
|
|
|
|
if(dec_data.params.newdat==0) {
|
|
|
|
|
int noffset {offsetof (struct dec_data, params.nutc)};
|
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
to += noffset;
|
|
|
|
|
from += noffset;
|
|
|
|
|
size -= noffset;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="ISCAT" or m_mode=="MSK144" or m_bFast9) {
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
float t0=m_t0;
|
|
|
|
|
float t1=m_t1;
|
|
|
|
|
qApp->processEvents(); //Update the waterfall
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_nPick > 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
t0=m_t0Pick;
|
|
|
|
|
t1=m_t1Pick;
|
2016-10-12 18:21:45 +00:00
|
|
|
// if(t1 > m_kdone/12000.0 and !m_config.realTimeDecode()) t1=m_kdone/12000.0;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
static short int d2b[360000];
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
narg[0]=dec_data.params.nutc;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_kdone>12000*m_TRperiod) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_kdone=12000*m_TRperiod;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
narg[1]=m_kdone;
|
|
|
|
|
narg[2]=m_nSubMode;
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
narg[3]=dec_data.params.newdat;
|
|
|
|
|
narg[4]=dec_data.params.minSync;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
narg[5]=m_nPick;
|
|
|
|
|
narg[6]=1000.0*t0;
|
|
|
|
|
narg[7]=1000.0*t1;
|
|
|
|
|
narg[8]=2; //Max decode lines per decode attempt
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if(dec_data.params.minSync<0) narg[8]=50;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="ISCAT") narg[9]=101; //ISCAT
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="JT9") narg[9]=102; //Fast JT9
|
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="MSK144") narg[9]=104; //MSK144
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
narg[10]=ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value();
|
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
|
|
|
narg[11]=ui->sbFtol->value ();
|
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
|
|
|
narg[12]=0;
|
2016-01-22 17:06:57 +00:00
|
|
|
narg[13]=-1;
|
2016-02-03 20:23:52 +00:00
|
|
|
narg[14]=m_config.aggressive();
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
memcpy(d2b,dec_data.d2,2*360000);
|
2016-07-06 15:06:47 +00:00
|
|
|
watcher3.setFuture (QtConcurrent::run (std::bind (fast_decode_,&d2b[0],
|
2016-12-30 20:26:59 +00:00
|
|
|
&narg[0],&m_TRperiod,&m_msg[0][0],
|
2016-10-16 17:36:00 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.mycall,dec_data.params.hiscall,8000,12,12)));
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy(to, from, qMin(mem_jt9->size(), size));
|
|
|
|
|
QFile {m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath (".lock")}.remove (); // Allow jt9 to start
|
|
|
|
|
decodeBusy(true);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void::MainWindow::fast_decode_done()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
float t,tmax=-99.0;
|
2016-08-01 19:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nagain=false;
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.ndiskdat=false;
|
2016-10-17 13:28:30 +00:00
|
|
|
// if(m_msg[0][0]==0) m_bDecoded=false;
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
for(int i=0; m_msg[i][0] && i<100; i++) {
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
QString message=QString::fromLatin1(m_msg[i]);
|
2016-10-01 18:13:39 +00:00
|
|
|
m_msg[i][0]=0;
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
if(message.length()>80) message=message.left (80);
|
2016-02-04 16:10:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if(narg[13]/8==narg[12]) message=message.trimmed().replace("<...>",m_calls);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//Left (Band activity) window
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
DecodedText decodedtext {message.replace (QChar::LineFeed, ""), "FT8" == m_mode &&
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbVHFcontest->isChecked(), m_config.my_grid ()};
|
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!m_bFastDone) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextBrowser->displayDecodedText (decodedtext,m_baseCall,m_config.DXCC(),
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_logBook,m_config.color_CQ(),m_config.color_MyCall(),m_config.color_DXCC(),
|
|
|
|
|
m_config.color_NewCall());
|
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
t=message.mid(10,5).toFloat();
|
|
|
|
|
if(t>tmax) {
|
|
|
|
|
tmax=t;
|
|
|
|
|
m_bDecoded=true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
|
|
|
postDecode (true, decodedtext.string ());
|
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
writeAllTxt(message);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="JT9" or m_mode=="MSK144") {
|
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
|
|
|
// find and extract any report for myCall
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
bool stdMsg = decodedtext.report(m_baseCall,
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8016 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:22:54 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Remove call to jtmsg.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8017 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:52:52 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Bring a simulation tool up to date.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8022 | k9an | 2017-08-13 02:35:13 +0100 (Sun, 13 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Improve efficiency of OSD by a factor of 5 to 10 for norder=2 and
3. Use norder=2 for wideband multi-decoding, norder=3 near nfqso and
nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8026 | k9an | 2017-08-14 16:00:48 +0100 (Mon, 14 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make default MSK144 amplitude polynomial flat.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8029 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 14:07:27 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Edit the advice displayed by F5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8030 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 23:34:26 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8031 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:14:51 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Improvements to the OSD to allow deeper wideband decoding.
2. Add a third decoding pass.
3. Change symbol metric from max-log to max-amplitude.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8032 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:17:23 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Delete unused array.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8033 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:21:59 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
More cleanup.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8034 | k1jt | 2017-08-24 14:38:47 +0100 (Thu, 24 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Possible pseudo-code for DXpedition auto-sequencing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8035 | k1jt | 2017-08-25 17:59:58 +0100 (Fri, 25 Aug 2017) | 4 lines
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for
subsequent regenerations.
This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until
changed back.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8036 | k1jt | 2017-08-26 17:30:47 +0100 (Sat, 26 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Use a baseline-fitting procedure to improve S/N estimates for FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8037 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 13:26:37 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix the 'Start=0 ==> S/N = -24 dB' problem.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8038 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 14:11:56 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Change magic 36 back to 37; does this break something else?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8039 | k1jt | 2017-08-28 15:32:14 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the behavior of FT8 in "NA VHF Contest mode".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8040 | k9an | 2017-08-28 22:09:44 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a potential array bounds issue in osd174.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8043 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:37 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Update AD1C cty.dat database to 14th Aug 2017 big CTY.DAT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8044 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:51 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Basic fix of auto sequencing with free text 73 messages, more to come
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8045 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:46:32 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Ensure that auto Tx is disabled when stop Tx on 73 isn't enabled and
DX call is cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8046 | k1jt | 2017-08-29 15:01:55 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Update text in User Guide related to *NA VHF Contest Mode*.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8047 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 03:27:57 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing
73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather
than being processed.
Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++
code in the logbook directory.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8048 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 14:20:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make 73 and RR73 matching of incoming messages for exact while words
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8049 | k1jt | 2017-08-30 18:06:49 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-31 00:41:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Radio::base_callsign(ui->dxCallEntry->text()), m_rptRcvd);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
|
|
|
// extract details and send to PSKreporter
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8016 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:22:54 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Remove call to jtmsg.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8017 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:52:52 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Bring a simulation tool up to date.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8022 | k9an | 2017-08-13 02:35:13 +0100 (Sun, 13 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Improve efficiency of OSD by a factor of 5 to 10 for norder=2 and
3. Use norder=2 for wideband multi-decoding, norder=3 near nfqso and
nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8026 | k9an | 2017-08-14 16:00:48 +0100 (Mon, 14 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make default MSK144 amplitude polynomial flat.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8029 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 14:07:27 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Edit the advice displayed by F5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8030 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 23:34:26 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8031 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:14:51 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Improvements to the OSD to allow deeper wideband decoding.
2. Add a third decoding pass.
3. Change symbol metric from max-log to max-amplitude.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8032 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:17:23 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Delete unused array.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8033 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:21:59 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
More cleanup.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8034 | k1jt | 2017-08-24 14:38:47 +0100 (Thu, 24 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Possible pseudo-code for DXpedition auto-sequencing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8035 | k1jt | 2017-08-25 17:59:58 +0100 (Fri, 25 Aug 2017) | 4 lines
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for
subsequent regenerations.
This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until
changed back.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8036 | k1jt | 2017-08-26 17:30:47 +0100 (Sat, 26 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Use a baseline-fitting procedure to improve S/N estimates for FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8037 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 13:26:37 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix the 'Start=0 ==> S/N = -24 dB' problem.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8038 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 14:11:56 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Change magic 36 back to 37; does this break something else?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8039 | k1jt | 2017-08-28 15:32:14 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the behavior of FT8 in "NA VHF Contest mode".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8040 | k9an | 2017-08-28 22:09:44 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a potential array bounds issue in osd174.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8043 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:37 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Update AD1C cty.dat database to 14th Aug 2017 big CTY.DAT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8044 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:51 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Basic fix of auto sequencing with free text 73 messages, more to come
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8045 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:46:32 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Ensure that auto Tx is disabled when stop Tx on 73 isn't enabled and
DX call is cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8046 | k1jt | 2017-08-29 15:01:55 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Update text in User Guide related to *NA VHF Contest Mode*.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8047 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 03:27:57 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing
73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather
than being processed.
Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++
code in the logbook directory.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8048 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 14:20:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make 73 and RR73 matching of incoming messages for exact while words
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8049 | k1jt | 2017-08-30 18:06:49 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-31 00:41:52 +00:00
|
|
|
if (stdMsg) pskPost (decodedtext);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
if (tmax >= 0.0) auto_sequence (decodedtext, ui->sbFtol->value (), ui->sbFtol->value ());
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
m_startAnother=m_loopall;
|
|
|
|
|
m_nPick=0;
|
|
|
|
|
ui->DecodeButton->setChecked (false);
|
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bFastDone=false;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::writeAllTxt(QString message)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
// Write decoded text to file "ALL.TXT".
|
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
|
|
|
QFile f {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("ALL.TXT")};
|
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
if (f.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append)) {
|
|
|
|
|
QTextStream out(&f);
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_RxLog==1) {
|
2016-11-14 15:29:38 +00:00
|
|
|
out << QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().toString("yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm")
|
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
<< " " << qSetRealNumberPrecision (12) << (m_freqNominal / 1.e6) << " MHz "
|
|
|
|
|
<< m_mode << endl;
|
|
|
|
|
m_RxLog=0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-12-20 21:35:16 +00:00
|
|
|
// int n=message.length();
|
|
|
|
|
// out << message.mid(0,n-2) << endl;
|
|
|
|
|
out << message << endl;
|
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
f.close();
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("File Open Error")
|
|
|
|
|
, tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for append: %2")
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (f.fileName ()).arg (f.errorString ()));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::decodeDone ()
|
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nagain=0;
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.ndiskdat=0;
|
|
|
|
|
m_nclearave=0;
|
|
|
|
|
QFile {m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath (".lock")}.open(QIODevice::ReadWrite);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->DecodeButton->setChecked (false);
|
|
|
|
|
decodeBusy(false);
|
|
|
|
|
m_RxLog=0;
|
|
|
|
|
m_blankLine=true;
|
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::readFromStdout() //readFromStdout
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
while(proc_jt9.canReadLine()) {
|
|
|
|
|
QByteArray t=proc_jt9.readLine();
|
2016-03-20 19:32:08 +00:00
|
|
|
bool bAvgMsg=false;
|
|
|
|
|
int navg=0;
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if(t.indexOf("<DecodeFinished>") >= 0) {
|
2017-02-10 16:38:19 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="QRA64") m_wideGraph->drawRed(0,0);
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2016-07-06 14:18:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="QRA64") {
|
|
|
|
|
char name[512];
|
|
|
|
|
QString fname=m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("red.dat");
|
|
|
|
|
strncpy(name,fname.toLatin1(), sizeof (name) - 1);
|
|
|
|
|
name[sizeof (name) - 1] = '\0';
|
|
|
|
|
FILE* fp=fopen(name,"rb");
|
|
|
|
|
if(fp != NULL) {
|
2016-07-08 20:45:45 +00:00
|
|
|
int ia,ib;
|
2016-07-06 14:18:23 +00:00
|
|
|
memset(dec_data.sred,0,4*5760);
|
2016-07-08 20:45:45 +00:00
|
|
|
fread(&ia,4,1,fp);
|
|
|
|
|
fread(&ib,4,1,fp);
|
|
|
|
|
fread(&dec_data.sred[ia-1],4,ib-ia+1,fp);
|
2016-07-06 14:18:23 +00:00
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->drawRed(ia,ib);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-02-10 16:38:19 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2017-07-16 16:23:56 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bDecoded = t.mid(20).trimmed().toInt() > 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int mswait=3*1000*m_TRperiod/4;
|
|
|
|
|
if(!m_diskData) killFileTimer.start(mswait); //Kill in 3/4 period
|
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
|
|
|
decodeDone ();
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
m_startAnother=m_loopall;
|
2016-10-31 14:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_bNoMoreFiles) {
|
|
|
|
|
MessageBox::information_message(this, tr("No more files to open."));
|
|
|
|
|
m_bNoMoreFiles=false;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2017-07-06 19:21:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="JT4" or m_mode=="JT65" or m_mode=="QRA64" or m_mode=="FT8") {
|
2016-10-24 17:01:47 +00:00
|
|
|
int n=t.indexOf("f");
|
|
|
|
|
if(n<0) n=t.indexOf("d");
|
|
|
|
|
if(n>0) {
|
|
|
|
|
QString tt=t.mid(n+1,1);
|
|
|
|
|
navg=tt.toInt();
|
|
|
|
|
if(navg==0) {
|
|
|
|
|
char c = tt.data()->toLatin1();
|
|
|
|
|
if(int(c)>=65 and int(c)<=90) navg=int(c)-54;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if(navg>1 or t.indexOf("f*")>0) bAvgMsg=true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="FT8" and m_bDXped) {
|
|
|
|
|
int i3bit=t.mid(44,1).toInt();
|
|
|
|
|
t=t.mid(0,44) + " " + t.mid(45);
|
|
|
|
|
if(i3bit==1) t=t.mid(0,24) + "RR73 NOW " + t.mid(24);
|
|
|
|
|
if(i3bit==2) t=t.mid(0,24) + "NIL NOW " + t.mid(24);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
|
|
|
QFile f {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("ALL.TXT")};
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (f.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append)) {
|
|
|
|
|
QTextStream out(&f);
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_RxLog==1) {
|
2016-11-14 15:29:38 +00:00
|
|
|
out << QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().toString("yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm")
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<< " " << qSetRealNumberPrecision (12) << (m_freqNominal / 1.e6) << " MHz "
|
|
|
|
|
<< m_mode << endl;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
m_RxLog=0;
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
int n=t.length();
|
|
|
|
|
out << t.mid(0,n-2) << endl;
|
|
|
|
|
f.close();
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("File Open Error")
|
|
|
|
|
, tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for append: %2")
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (f.fileName ()).arg (f.errorString ()));
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8016 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:22:54 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Remove call to jtmsg.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8017 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:52:52 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Bring a simulation tool up to date.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8022 | k9an | 2017-08-13 02:35:13 +0100 (Sun, 13 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Improve efficiency of OSD by a factor of 5 to 10 for norder=2 and
3. Use norder=2 for wideband multi-decoding, norder=3 near nfqso and
nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8026 | k9an | 2017-08-14 16:00:48 +0100 (Mon, 14 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make default MSK144 amplitude polynomial flat.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8029 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 14:07:27 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Edit the advice displayed by F5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8030 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 23:34:26 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8031 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:14:51 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Improvements to the OSD to allow deeper wideband decoding.
2. Add a third decoding pass.
3. Change symbol metric from max-log to max-amplitude.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8032 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:17:23 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Delete unused array.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8033 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:21:59 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
More cleanup.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8034 | k1jt | 2017-08-24 14:38:47 +0100 (Thu, 24 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Possible pseudo-code for DXpedition auto-sequencing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8035 | k1jt | 2017-08-25 17:59:58 +0100 (Fri, 25 Aug 2017) | 4 lines
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for
subsequent regenerations.
This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until
changed back.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8036 | k1jt | 2017-08-26 17:30:47 +0100 (Sat, 26 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Use a baseline-fitting procedure to improve S/N estimates for FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8037 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 13:26:37 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix the 'Start=0 ==> S/N = -24 dB' problem.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8038 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 14:11:56 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Change magic 36 back to 37; does this break something else?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8039 | k1jt | 2017-08-28 15:32:14 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the behavior of FT8 in "NA VHF Contest mode".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8040 | k9an | 2017-08-28 22:09:44 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a potential array bounds issue in osd174.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8043 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:37 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Update AD1C cty.dat database to 14th Aug 2017 big CTY.DAT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8044 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:51 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Basic fix of auto sequencing with free text 73 messages, more to come
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8045 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:46:32 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Ensure that auto Tx is disabled when stop Tx on 73 isn't enabled and
DX call is cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8046 | k1jt | 2017-08-29 15:01:55 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Update text in User Guide related to *NA VHF Contest Mode*.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8047 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 03:27:57 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing
73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather
than being processed.
Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++
code in the logbook directory.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8048 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 14:20:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make 73 and RR73 matching of incoming messages for exact while words
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8049 | k1jt | 2017-08-30 18:06:49 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-31 00:41:52 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_config.insert_blank () && m_blankLine)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QString band;
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if((QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch() / 1000 - m_secBandChanged) > 4*m_TRperiod/4) {
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8016 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:22:54 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Remove call to jtmsg.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8017 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:52:52 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Bring a simulation tool up to date.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8022 | k9an | 2017-08-13 02:35:13 +0100 (Sun, 13 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Improve efficiency of OSD by a factor of 5 to 10 for norder=2 and
3. Use norder=2 for wideband multi-decoding, norder=3 near nfqso and
nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8026 | k9an | 2017-08-14 16:00:48 +0100 (Mon, 14 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make default MSK144 amplitude polynomial flat.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8029 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 14:07:27 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Edit the advice displayed by F5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8030 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 23:34:26 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8031 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:14:51 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Improvements to the OSD to allow deeper wideband decoding.
2. Add a third decoding pass.
3. Change symbol metric from max-log to max-amplitude.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8032 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:17:23 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Delete unused array.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8033 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:21:59 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
More cleanup.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8034 | k1jt | 2017-08-24 14:38:47 +0100 (Thu, 24 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Possible pseudo-code for DXpedition auto-sequencing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8035 | k1jt | 2017-08-25 17:59:58 +0100 (Fri, 25 Aug 2017) | 4 lines
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for
subsequent regenerations.
This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until
changed back.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8036 | k1jt | 2017-08-26 17:30:47 +0100 (Sat, 26 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Use a baseline-fitting procedure to improve S/N estimates for FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8037 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 13:26:37 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix the 'Start=0 ==> S/N = -24 dB' problem.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8038 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 14:11:56 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Change magic 36 back to 37; does this break something else?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8039 | k1jt | 2017-08-28 15:32:14 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the behavior of FT8 in "NA VHF Contest mode".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8040 | k9an | 2017-08-28 22:09:44 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a potential array bounds issue in osd174.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8043 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:37 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Update AD1C cty.dat database to 14th Aug 2017 big CTY.DAT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8044 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:51 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Basic fix of auto sequencing with free text 73 messages, more to come
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8045 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:46:32 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Ensure that auto Tx is disabled when stop Tx on 73 isn't enabled and
DX call is cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8046 | k1jt | 2017-08-29 15:01:55 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Update text in User Guide related to *NA VHF Contest Mode*.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8047 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 03:27:57 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing
73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather
than being processed.
Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++
code in the logbook directory.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8048 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 14:20:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make 73 and RR73 matching of incoming messages for exact while words
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8049 | k1jt | 2017-08-30 18:06:49 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-31 00:41:52 +00:00
|
|
|
band = ' ' + m_config.bands ()->find (m_freqNominal);
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8016 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:22:54 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Remove call to jtmsg.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8017 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:52:52 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Bring a simulation tool up to date.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8022 | k9an | 2017-08-13 02:35:13 +0100 (Sun, 13 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Improve efficiency of OSD by a factor of 5 to 10 for norder=2 and
3. Use norder=2 for wideband multi-decoding, norder=3 near nfqso and
nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8026 | k9an | 2017-08-14 16:00:48 +0100 (Mon, 14 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make default MSK144 amplitude polynomial flat.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8029 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 14:07:27 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Edit the advice displayed by F5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8030 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 23:34:26 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8031 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:14:51 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Improvements to the OSD to allow deeper wideband decoding.
2. Add a third decoding pass.
3. Change symbol metric from max-log to max-amplitude.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8032 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:17:23 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Delete unused array.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8033 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:21:59 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
More cleanup.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8034 | k1jt | 2017-08-24 14:38:47 +0100 (Thu, 24 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Possible pseudo-code for DXpedition auto-sequencing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8035 | k1jt | 2017-08-25 17:59:58 +0100 (Fri, 25 Aug 2017) | 4 lines
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for
subsequent regenerations.
This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until
changed back.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8036 | k1jt | 2017-08-26 17:30:47 +0100 (Sat, 26 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Use a baseline-fitting procedure to improve S/N estimates for FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8037 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 13:26:37 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix the 'Start=0 ==> S/N = -24 dB' problem.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8038 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 14:11:56 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Change magic 36 back to 37; does this break something else?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8039 | k1jt | 2017-08-28 15:32:14 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the behavior of FT8 in "NA VHF Contest mode".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8040 | k9an | 2017-08-28 22:09:44 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a potential array bounds issue in osd174.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8043 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:37 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Update AD1C cty.dat database to 14th Aug 2017 big CTY.DAT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8044 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:51 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Basic fix of auto sequencing with free text 73 messages, more to come
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8045 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:46:32 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Ensure that auto Tx is disabled when stop Tx on 73 isn't enabled and
DX call is cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8046 | k1jt | 2017-08-29 15:01:55 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Update text in User Guide related to *NA VHF Contest Mode*.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8047 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 03:27:57 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing
73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather
than being processed.
Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++
code in the logbook directory.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8048 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 14:20:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make 73 and RR73 matching of incoming messages for exact while words
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8049 | k1jt | 2017-08-30 18:06:49 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-31 00:41:52 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextBrowser->insertLineSpacer (band.rightJustified (40, '-'));
|
|
|
|
|
m_blankLine = false;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2013-07-31 11:29:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
DecodedText decodedtext {QString::fromUtf8 (t.constData ()).remove (QRegularExpression {"\r|\n"}), "FT8" == m_mode &&
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbVHFcontest->isChecked(), m_config.my_grid ()};
|
2013-07-31 11:29:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8016 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:22:54 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Remove call to jtmsg.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8017 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:52:52 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Bring a simulation tool up to date.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8022 | k9an | 2017-08-13 02:35:13 +0100 (Sun, 13 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Improve efficiency of OSD by a factor of 5 to 10 for norder=2 and
3. Use norder=2 for wideband multi-decoding, norder=3 near nfqso and
nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8026 | k9an | 2017-08-14 16:00:48 +0100 (Mon, 14 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make default MSK144 amplitude polynomial flat.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8029 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 14:07:27 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Edit the advice displayed by F5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8030 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 23:34:26 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8031 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:14:51 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Improvements to the OSD to allow deeper wideband decoding.
2. Add a third decoding pass.
3. Change symbol metric from max-log to max-amplitude.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8032 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:17:23 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Delete unused array.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8033 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:21:59 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
More cleanup.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8034 | k1jt | 2017-08-24 14:38:47 +0100 (Thu, 24 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Possible pseudo-code for DXpedition auto-sequencing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8035 | k1jt | 2017-08-25 17:59:58 +0100 (Fri, 25 Aug 2017) | 4 lines
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for
subsequent regenerations.
This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until
changed back.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8036 | k1jt | 2017-08-26 17:30:47 +0100 (Sat, 26 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Use a baseline-fitting procedure to improve S/N estimates for FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8037 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 13:26:37 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix the 'Start=0 ==> S/N = -24 dB' problem.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8038 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 14:11:56 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Change magic 36 back to 37; does this break something else?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8039 | k1jt | 2017-08-28 15:32:14 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the behavior of FT8 in "NA VHF Contest mode".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8040 | k9an | 2017-08-28 22:09:44 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a potential array bounds issue in osd174.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8043 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:37 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Update AD1C cty.dat database to 14th Aug 2017 big CTY.DAT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8044 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:51 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Basic fix of auto sequencing with free text 73 messages, more to come
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8045 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:46:32 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Ensure that auto Tx is disabled when stop Tx on 73 isn't enabled and
DX call is cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8046 | k1jt | 2017-08-29 15:01:55 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Update text in User Guide related to *NA VHF Contest Mode*.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8047 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 03:27:57 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing
73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather
than being processed.
Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++
code in the logbook directory.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8048 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 14:20:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make 73 and RR73 matching of incoming messages for exact while words
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8049 | k1jt | 2017-08-30 18:06:49 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-31 00:41:52 +00:00
|
|
|
//Left (Band activity) window
|
2016-03-20 19:32:08 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!bAvgMsg) {
|
2016-10-21 16:29:09 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextBrowser->displayDecodedText(decodedtext,m_baseCall,m_config.DXCC(),
|
|
|
|
|
m_logBook,m_config.color_CQ(),m_config.color_MyCall(),
|
|
|
|
|
m_config.color_DXCC(), m_config.color_NewCall());
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-08-15 12:24:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
//Right (Rx Frequency) window
|
2016-03-20 19:32:08 +00:00
|
|
|
bool bDisplayRight=bAvgMsg;
|
2017-07-10 15:18:47 +00:00
|
|
|
int audioFreq=decodedtext.frequencyOffset();
|
2017-07-09 22:54:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-07-09 19:25:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="FT8") {
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
auto const& parts = decodedtext.string ().split (' ', QString::SkipEmptyParts);
|
|
|
|
|
if (parts.size () > 6) {
|
|
|
|
|
auto for_us = parts[5].contains (m_baseCall)
|
|
|
|
|
|| ("DE" == parts[5] && qAbs (ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value () - audioFreq) <= 10);
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_baseCall==m_config.my_callsign() and m_baseCall!=parts[5]) for_us=false;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_bCallingCQ && !m_bAutoReply && for_us && ui->cbFirst->isChecked()) {
|
|
|
|
|
// int snr=decodedtext.string().mid(6,4).toInt();
|
|
|
|
|
m_bDoubleClicked=true;
|
|
|
|
|
m_bAutoReply = true;
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
processMessage (decodedtext);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->cbFirst->setStyleSheet("");
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
if (for_us or (abs(audioFreq - m_wideGraph->rxFreq()) <= 10)) bDisplayRight=true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-07-09 19:25:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2017-07-10 15:18:47 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
if(abs(audioFreq - m_wideGraph->rxFreq()) <= 10) bDisplayRight=true;
|
2017-07-09 19:25:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-03-20 19:32:08 +00:00
|
|
|
if (bDisplayRight) {
|
2017-07-10 14:24:33 +00:00
|
|
|
// This msg is within 10 hertz of our tuned frequency, or a JT4 or JT65 avg,
|
|
|
|
|
// or contains MyCall
|
2016-10-21 16:29:09 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->displayDecodedText(decodedtext,m_baseCall,false,
|
|
|
|
|
m_logBook,m_config.color_CQ(),m_config.color_MyCall(),
|
|
|
|
|
m_config.color_DXCC(),m_config.color_NewCall());
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-06-08 14:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode!="JT4") {
|
|
|
|
|
bool b65=decodedtext.isJT65();
|
|
|
|
|
if(b65 and m_modeTx!="JT65") on_pbTxMode_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
if(!b65 and m_modeTx=="JT65") on_pbTxMode_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
m_QSOText = decodedtext.string ().trimmed ();
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="FT8" or m_mode=="QRA64") auto_sequence (decodedtext, 25, 50);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-06-15 22:49:31 +00:00
|
|
|
postDecode (true, decodedtext.string ());
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-06-15 22:49:31 +00:00
|
|
|
// find and extract any report for myCall
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
bool stdMsg = decodedtext.report(m_baseCall,
|
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
Radio::base_callsign(ui->dxCallEntry->text()), m_rptRcvd);
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
// extract details and send to PSKreporter
|
|
|
|
|
int nsec=QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch()/1000-m_secBandChanged;
|
2017-06-30 20:11:07 +00:00
|
|
|
bool okToPost=(nsec>(4*m_TRperiod)/5);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (stdMsg && okToPost) pskPost(decodedtext);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-07-02 12:15:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if((m_mode=="JT4" or m_mode=="JT65" or m_mode=="QRA64") and m_msgAvgWidget!=NULL) {
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_msgAvgWidget->isVisible()) {
|
|
|
|
|
QFile f(m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("avemsg.txt"));
|
|
|
|
|
if(f.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly | QIODevice::Text)) {
|
|
|
|
|
QTextStream s(&f);
|
|
|
|
|
QString t=s.readAll();
|
|
|
|
|
m_msgAvgWidget->displayAvg(t);
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-16 20:15:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// start_tolerance - only respond to "DE ..." and free text 73
|
|
|
|
|
// messages within +/- this value
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// stop_tolerance - kill Tx if running station is seen to reply to
|
|
|
|
|
// another caller and we are going to transmit within
|
|
|
|
|
// +/- this value of the reply to another caller
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::auto_sequence (DecodedText const& message, unsigned start_tolerance, unsigned stop_tolerance)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
auto const& message_words = message.messageWords ();
|
|
|
|
|
auto is_73 = message_words.filter (QRegularExpression {"^(73|RR73)$"}).size ();
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
bool is_OK=false;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="MSK144" and message.string().indexOf(ui->dxCallEntry->text()+" R ")>0) is_OK=true;
|
|
|
|
|
if (message_words.size () > 2 && (message.isStandardMessage () || (is_73 or is_OK))) {
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
auto df = message.frequencyOffset ();
|
|
|
|
|
auto within_tolerance =
|
|
|
|
|
(qAbs (ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value () - df) <= int (start_tolerance)
|
|
|
|
|
|| qAbs (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value () - df) <= int (start_tolerance));
|
|
|
|
|
bool acceptable_73 = is_73
|
|
|
|
|
&& m_QSOProgress >= ROGER_REPORT
|
|
|
|
|
&& ((message.isStandardMessage ()
|
|
|
|
|
&& (message_words.contains (m_baseCall)
|
|
|
|
|
|| message_words.contains (m_config.my_callsign ())
|
|
|
|
|
|| message_words.contains (ui->dxCallEntry->text ())
|
|
|
|
|
|| message_words.contains (Radio::base_callsign (ui->dxCallEntry->text ()))
|
|
|
|
|
|| message_words.contains ("DE")))
|
|
|
|
|
|| !message.isStandardMessage ()); // free text 73/RR73
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_auto
|
|
|
|
|
&& (REPLYING == m_QSOProgress
|
|
|
|
|
|| (!ui->tx1->isEnabled () && REPORT == m_QSOProgress))
|
|
|
|
|
&& qAbs (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value () - df) <= int (stop_tolerance)
|
2017-09-01 23:55:56 +00:00
|
|
|
&& message_words.at (1) != "DE"
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
&& !message_words.at (1).contains (QRegularExpression {"(^(CQ|QRZ))|" + m_baseCall})
|
|
|
|
|
&& message_words.at (2).contains (Radio::base_callsign (ui->dxCallEntry->text ()))) {
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
// auto stop to avoid accidental QRM
|
2017-09-09 23:35:58 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->stopTxButton->click (); // halt any transmission
|
2017-06-26 15:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
else if (m_auto // transmit allowed
|
|
|
|
|
&& ui->cbAutoSeq->isVisible () && ui->cbAutoSeq->isChecked() // auto-sequencing allowed
|
|
|
|
|
&& ((!m_bCallingCQ // not calling CQ/QRZ
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
&& !m_sentFirst73 // not finished QSO
|
|
|
|
|
&& ((message_words.at (1).contains (m_baseCall)
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
// being called and not already in a QSO
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
&& message_words.at (2).contains (Radio::base_callsign (ui->dxCallEntry->text ())))
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
// type 2 compound replies
|
|
|
|
|
|| (within_tolerance
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
&& (acceptable_73
|
|
|
|
|
|| ("DE" == message_words.at (1) && message_words.at (2).contains (Radio::base_callsign (m_hisCall)))))))
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|| (m_bCallingCQ && m_bAutoReply
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
// look for type 2 compound call replies on our Tx and Rx offsets
|
|
|
|
|
&& ((within_tolerance && "DE" == message_words.at (1))
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|| message_words.at (1).contains (m_baseCall))))) {
|
|
|
|
|
processMessage (message);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-06-26 15:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8016 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:22:54 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Remove call to jtmsg.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8017 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:52:52 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Bring a simulation tool up to date.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8022 | k9an | 2017-08-13 02:35:13 +0100 (Sun, 13 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Improve efficiency of OSD by a factor of 5 to 10 for norder=2 and
3. Use norder=2 for wideband multi-decoding, norder=3 near nfqso and
nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8026 | k9an | 2017-08-14 16:00:48 +0100 (Mon, 14 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make default MSK144 amplitude polynomial flat.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8029 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 14:07:27 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Edit the advice displayed by F5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8030 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 23:34:26 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8031 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:14:51 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Improvements to the OSD to allow deeper wideband decoding.
2. Add a third decoding pass.
3. Change symbol metric from max-log to max-amplitude.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8032 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:17:23 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Delete unused array.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8033 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:21:59 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
More cleanup.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8034 | k1jt | 2017-08-24 14:38:47 +0100 (Thu, 24 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Possible pseudo-code for DXpedition auto-sequencing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8035 | k1jt | 2017-08-25 17:59:58 +0100 (Fri, 25 Aug 2017) | 4 lines
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for
subsequent regenerations.
This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until
changed back.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8036 | k1jt | 2017-08-26 17:30:47 +0100 (Sat, 26 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Use a baseline-fitting procedure to improve S/N estimates for FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8037 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 13:26:37 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix the 'Start=0 ==> S/N = -24 dB' problem.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8038 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 14:11:56 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Change magic 36 back to 37; does this break something else?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8039 | k1jt | 2017-08-28 15:32:14 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the behavior of FT8 in "NA VHF Contest mode".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8040 | k9an | 2017-08-28 22:09:44 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a potential array bounds issue in osd174.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8043 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:37 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Update AD1C cty.dat database to 14th Aug 2017 big CTY.DAT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8044 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:51 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Basic fix of auto sequencing with free text 73 messages, more to come
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8045 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:46:32 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Ensure that auto Tx is disabled when stop Tx on 73 isn't enabled and
DX call is cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8046 | k1jt | 2017-08-29 15:01:55 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Update text in User Guide related to *NA VHF Contest Mode*.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8047 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 03:27:57 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing
73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather
than being processed.
Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++
code in the logbook directory.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8048 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 14:20:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make 73 and RR73 matching of incoming messages for exact while words
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8049 | k1jt | 2017-08-30 18:06:49 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-31 00:41:52 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::pskPost (DecodedText const& decodedtext)
|
2016-10-02 23:16:47 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_diskData || !m_config.spot_to_psk_reporter() || decodedtext.isLowConfidence ()) return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-02 23:16:47 +00:00
|
|
|
QString msgmode=m_mode;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="JT9+JT65") {
|
|
|
|
|
msgmode="JT9";
|
|
|
|
|
if (decodedtext.isJT65()) msgmode="JT65";
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
QString deCall;
|
|
|
|
|
QString grid;
|
2016-10-03 17:08:02 +00:00
|
|
|
decodedtext.deCallAndGrid(/*out*/deCall,grid);
|
2016-10-02 23:16:47 +00:00
|
|
|
int audioFrequency = decodedtext.frequencyOffset();
|
2017-07-08 16:10:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="FT8" or m_mode=="MSK144") {
|
|
|
|
|
audioFrequency=decodedtext.string().mid(16,4).toInt();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-10-02 23:16:47 +00:00
|
|
|
int snr = decodedtext.snr();
|
|
|
|
|
Frequency frequency = m_freqNominal + audioFrequency;
|
|
|
|
|
pskSetLocal ();
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if(grid.contains (grid_regexp)) {
|
2017-07-01 13:37:29 +00:00
|
|
|
// qDebug() << "To PSKreporter:" << deCall << grid << frequency << msgmode << snr;
|
2016-10-02 23:16:47 +00:00
|
|
|
psk_Reporter->addRemoteStation(deCall,grid,QString::number(frequency),msgmode,
|
|
|
|
|
QString::number(snr),QString::number(QDateTime::currentDateTime().toTime_t()));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-03 17:33:05 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::killFile ()
|
2013-04-12 17:57:20 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_fnameWE.size () &&
|
|
|
|
|
!(m_saveAll || (m_saveDecoded && m_bDecoded) || m_fnameWE == m_fileToSave)) {
|
|
|
|
|
QFile f1 {m_fnameWE + ".wav"};
|
2016-06-03 18:20:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if(f1.exists()) f1.remove();
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
|
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
|
|
|
QFile f2 {m_fnameWE + ".c2"};
|
2016-06-03 18:20:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if(f2.exists()) f2.remove();
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-12 17:57:20 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_EraseButton_clicked ()
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-04-11 16:51:57 +00:00
|
|
|
qint64 ms=QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch();
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->erase ();
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR") or m_mode=="Echo" or m_mode=="ISCAT") {
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextBrowser->erase ();
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
if((ms-m_msErase)<500) {
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextBrowser->erase ();
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-22 15:43:02 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-11 16:51:57 +00:00
|
|
|
m_msErase=ms;
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::band_activity_cleared ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_messageClient->clear_decodes ();
|
|
|
|
|
QFile f(m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("decoded.txt"));
|
|
|
|
|
if(f.exists()) f.remove();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::rx_frequency_activity_cleared ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_QSOText.clear();
|
|
|
|
|
set_dateTimeQSO(-1); // G4WJS: why do we do this?
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::decodeBusy(bool b) //decodeBusy()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-10-17 14:35:59 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!b) m_optimizingProgress.reset ();
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
m_decoderBusy=b;
|
|
|
|
|
ui->DecodeButton->setEnabled(!b);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionOpen->setEnabled(!b);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionOpen_next_in_directory->setEnabled(!b);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionDecode_remaining_files_in_directory->setEnabled(!b);
|
2015-11-13 15:44:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
|
|
|
statusUpdate ();
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//------------------------------------------------------------- //guiUpdate()
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::guiUpdate()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-11-18 14:02:50 +00:00
|
|
|
static char message[29];
|
2012-07-12 19:10:39 +00:00
|
|
|
static char msgsent[29];
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
double txDuration;
|
2013-04-30 18:54:11 +00:00
|
|
|
QString rt;
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_TRperiod==0) m_TRperiod=60;
|
|
|
|
|
txDuration=0.0;
|
2017-07-06 16:27:22 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_modeTx=="FT8") txDuration=1.0 + 79*1920/12000.0; // FT8
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_modeTx=="JT4") txDuration=1.0 + 207.0*2520/11025.0; // JT4
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_modeTx=="JT9") txDuration=1.0 + 85.0*m_nsps/12000.0; // JT9
|
2016-06-30 12:46:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_modeTx=="JT65") txDuration=1.0 + 126*4096/11025.0; // JT65
|
2017-07-08 18:44:42 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_modeTx=="QRA64") txDuration=1.0 + 84*6912/12000.0; // QRA64
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_modeTx=="WSPR") txDuration=2.0 + 162*8192/12000.0; // WSPR
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_modeTx=="WSPR-LF") txDuration=2.0 + 114*24576/12000.0; // WSPR-LF
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_modeTx=="ISCAT" or m_mode=="MSK144" or m_bFast9) {
|
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
|
|
|
txDuration=m_TRperiod-0.25; // ISCAT, JT9-fast, MSK144
|
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
double tx1=0.0;
|
2016-10-13 16:19:24 +00:00
|
|
|
double tx2=txDuration;
|
2017-07-09 23:01:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="FT8") icw[0]=0; //No CW ID in FT8 mode
|
2016-10-13 21:32:30 +00:00
|
|
|
if((icw[0]>0) and (!m_bFast9)) tx2 += icw[0]*2560.0/48000.0; //Full length including CW ID
|
2016-11-19 18:28:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if(tx2>m_TRperiod) tx2=m_TRperiod;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!m_txFirst and !m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
|
2012-09-24 19:11:31 +00:00
|
|
|
tx1 += m_TRperiod;
|
|
|
|
|
tx2 += m_TRperiod;
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
qint64 ms = QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch() % 86400000;
|
|
|
|
|
int nsec=ms/1000;
|
|
|
|
|
double tsec=0.001*ms;
|
2012-09-24 19:11:31 +00:00
|
|
|
double t2p=fmod(tsec,2*m_TRperiod);
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
m_s6=fmod(tsec,6.0);
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
m_nseq = nsec % m_TRperiod;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_tRemaining=m_TRperiod - fmod(tsec,double(m_TRperiod));
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-06-06 18:02:39 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="Echo") {
|
|
|
|
|
txDuration=2.5;
|
|
|
|
|
tx1=0.0;
|
|
|
|
|
tx2=txDuration;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_auto and m_s6>4.0) m_bEchoTxOK=true;
|
2015-06-11 15:32:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_transmitting) m_bEchoTxed=true;
|
2015-06-06 18:02:39 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
|
2015-05-28 22:58:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_nseq==0 and m_ntr==0) { //Decide whether to Tx or Rx
|
|
|
|
|
m_tuneup=false; //This is not an ATU tuneup
|
2017-05-17 14:43:16 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_pctx==0) m_WSPR_tx_next = false; //Don't transmit if m_pctx=0
|
|
|
|
|
bool btx = m_auto && m_WSPR_tx_next; // To Tx, we need m_auto and
|
|
|
|
|
// scheduled transmit
|
2015-05-28 22:58:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_auto and m_txNext) btx=true; //TxNext button overrides
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_auto and m_pctx==100) btx=true; //Always transmit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if(btx) {
|
2017-05-17 14:43:16 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntr=-1; //This says we will have transmitted
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
m_txNext=false;
|
|
|
|
|
ui->pbTxNext->setChecked(false);
|
2017-05-17 14:43:16 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bTxTime=true; //Start a WSPR Tx sequence
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
// This will be a WSPR Rx sequence.
|
2017-05-17 14:43:16 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntr=1; //This says we will have received
|
|
|
|
|
m_bTxTime=false; //Start a WSPR Rx sequence
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
|
|
|
// For all modes other than WSPR
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bTxTime = (t2p >= tx1) and (t2p < tx2);
|
2015-06-06 18:02:39 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="Echo") m_bTxTime = m_bTxTime and m_bEchoTxOK;
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_tune) m_bTxTime=true; //"Tune" takes precedence
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_transmitting or m_auto or m_tune) {
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
// Check for "txboth" (testing purposes only)
|
2015-06-02 14:06:26 +00:00
|
|
|
QFile f(m_appDir + "/txboth");
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if(f.exists() and
|
|
|
|
|
fmod(tsec,m_TRperiod)<(1.0 + 85.0*m_nsps/12000.0)) m_bTxTime=true;
|
2012-10-26 16:01:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
// Don't transmit another mode in the 30 m WSPR sub-band
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
Frequency onAirFreq = m_freqNominal + ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value();
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((onAirFreq > 10139900 and onAirFreq < 10140320) and
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
!m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bTxTime=false;
|
2015-06-11 13:52:55 +00:00
|
|
|
// if (m_tune) stop_tuning ();
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_auto) auto_tx_mode (false);
|
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if(onAirFreq!=m_onAirFreq0) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_onAirFreq0=onAirFreq;
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
auto const& message = tr ("Please choose another Tx frequency."
|
|
|
|
|
" WSJT-X will not knowingly transmit another"
|
|
|
|
|
" mode in the WSPR sub-band on 30m.");
|
2016-07-01 13:22:56 +00:00
|
|
|
#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050400
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
QTimer::singleShot (0, [=] { // don't block guiUpdate
|
|
|
|
|
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("WSPR Guard Band"), message);
|
|
|
|
|
});
|
2016-07-01 13:22:56 +00:00
|
|
|
#else
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("WSPR Guard Band"), message);
|
2016-07-01 13:22:56 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2013-07-11 19:37:01 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-07-11 19:37:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_config.watchdog() && !m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")
|
2016-07-08 20:45:45 +00:00
|
|
|
&& m_idleMinutes >= m_config.watchdog ()) {
|
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
|
|
|
tx_watchdog (true); // disable transmit
|
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-13 15:18:29 +00:00
|
|
|
float fTR=float((nsec%m_TRperiod))/m_TRperiod;
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
// if(g_iptt==0 and ((m_bTxTime and fTR<0.4) or m_tune )) {
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if(g_iptt==0 and ((m_bTxTime and fTR<99) or m_tune )) { //### Allow late starts
|
2013-03-25 01:24:47 +00:00
|
|
|
icw[0]=m_ncw;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
g_iptt = 1;
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
setRig ();
|
|
|
|
|
setXIT (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ());
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-09-06 23:18:48 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_EMIT m_config.transceiver_ptt (true); //Assert the PTT
|
2017-07-01 00:19:58 +00:00
|
|
|
m_tx_when_ready = true;
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if(!m_bTxTime and !m_tune) m_btxok=false; //Time to stop transmitting
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR") and
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
((m_ntr==1 and m_rxDone) or (m_ntr==-1 and m_nseq>tx2))) {
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_monitoring) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_rxDone=false;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_transmitting) {
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
WSPR_history(m_freqNominal,-1);
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bTxTime=false; //Time to stop a WSPR transmission
|
|
|
|
|
m_btxok=false;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-07-11 22:50:05 +00:00
|
|
|
else if (m_ntr != -1) {
|
2015-06-06 13:40:10 +00:00
|
|
|
WSPR_scheduling ();
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntr=0; //This WSPR Rx sequence is complete
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
// Calculate Tx tones when needed
|
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if((g_iptt==1 && m_iptt0==0) || m_restart) {
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
QByteArray ba;
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
QByteArray ba0;
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
QString sdBm,msg0,msg1,msg2;
|
|
|
|
|
sdBm.sprintf(" %d",m_dBm);
|
|
|
|
|
m_tx=1-m_tx;
|
|
|
|
|
int i2=m_config.my_callsign().indexOf("/");
|
2016-09-03 23:33:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if(i2>0
|
|
|
|
|
|| (6 == m_config.my_grid ().size ()
|
|
|
|
|
&& !ui->WSPR_prefer_type_1_check_box->isChecked ())) {
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if(i2<0) { // "Type 2" WSPR message
|
|
|
|
|
msg1=m_config.my_callsign() + " " + m_config.my_grid().mid(0,4) + sdBm;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
msg1=m_config.my_callsign() + sdBm;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
msg0="<" + m_config.my_callsign() + "> " + m_config.my_grid()+ sdBm;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_tx==0) msg2=msg0;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_tx==1) msg2=msg1;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
msg2=m_config.my_callsign() + " " + m_config.my_grid().mid(0,4) + sdBm; // Normal WSPR message
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
ba=msg2.toLatin1();
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_ntx == 1) ba=ui->tx1->text().toLocal8Bit();
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_ntx == 2) ba=ui->tx2->text().toLocal8Bit();
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_ntx == 3) ba=ui->tx3->text().toLocal8Bit();
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_ntx == 4) ba=ui->tx4->text().toLocal8Bit();
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_ntx == 5) ba=ui->tx5->currentText().toLocal8Bit();
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_ntx == 6) ba=ui->tx6->text().toLocal8Bit();
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_ntx == 7) ba=ui->genMsg->text().toLocal8Bit();
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_ntx == 8) ba=ui->freeTextMsg->currentText().toLocal8Bit();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_i3bit=0;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="FT8" and m_bDXped) {
|
|
|
|
|
ba0=ba;
|
|
|
|
|
QString t=QString::fromUtf8(ba0);
|
|
|
|
|
if(t.startsWith("RR73 NOW ")) {
|
|
|
|
|
t=t.mid(9);
|
|
|
|
|
m_i3bit=1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if(t.startsWith("NIL NOW ")) {
|
|
|
|
|
t=t.mid(8);
|
|
|
|
|
m_i3bit=2;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
ba=t.toLocal8Bit();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
ba2msg(ba,message);
|
2015-03-17 14:59:19 +00:00
|
|
|
int ichk=0;
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_lastMessageSent != m_currentMessage
|
|
|
|
|
|| m_lastMessageType != m_currentMessageType)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_lastMessageSent = m_currentMessage;
|
|
|
|
|
m_lastMessageType = m_currentMessageType;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
m_currentMessageType = 0;
|
2015-06-10 14:58:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_tune or m_mode=="Echo") {
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
itone[0]=0;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="ISCAT") {
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
geniscat_(message, msgsent, const_cast<int *> (itone), 28, 28);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
msgsent[28]=0;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_modeTx=="JT4") gen4_(message, &ichk , msgsent, const_cast<int *> (itone),
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
&m_currentMessageType, 22, 22);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_modeTx=="JT9") gen9_(message, &ichk, msgsent, const_cast<int *> (itone),
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
&m_currentMessageType, 22, 22);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_modeTx=="JT65") gen65_(message, &ichk, msgsent, const_cast<int *> (itone),
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
&m_currentMessageType, 22, 22);
|
2017-07-08 18:44:42 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_modeTx=="QRA64") genqra64_(message, &ichk, msgsent, const_cast<int *> (itone),
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
&m_currentMessageType, 22, 22);
|
2017-07-08 18:44:42 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_modeTx=="WSPR") genwspr_(message, msgsent, const_cast<int *> (itone),
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
22, 22);
|
2017-07-08 18:44:42 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_modeTx=="WSPR-LF") genwspr_fsk8_(message, msgsent, const_cast<int *> (itone),
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
22, 22);
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_modeTx=="MSK144" or m_modeTx=="FT8") {
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
bool bcontest=ui->cbVHFcontest->isChecked();
|
2016-09-30 15:55:53 +00:00
|
|
|
char MyGrid[6];
|
|
|
|
|
strncpy(MyGrid, (m_config.my_grid()+" ").toLatin1(),6);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_modeTx=="MSK144") {
|
|
|
|
|
genmsk144_(message, MyGrid, &ichk, &bcontest, msgsent, const_cast<int *> (itone),
|
|
|
|
|
&m_currentMessageType, 22, 6, 22);
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_restart) {
|
|
|
|
|
int nsym=144;
|
|
|
|
|
if(itone[40]==-40) nsym=40;
|
|
|
|
|
m_modulator->set_nsym(nsym);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_modeTx=="FT8") {
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
genft8_(message, MyGrid, &bcontest, &m_i3bit, msgsent, const_cast<char *> (ft8msgbits),
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
const_cast<int *> (itone), 22, 6, 22);
|
2016-07-13 19:17:47 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
msgsent[22]=0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-03-17 14:59:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_currentMessage = QString::fromLatin1(msgsent);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bCallingCQ = CALLING == m_QSOProgress
|
|
|
|
|
|| m_currentMessage.contains (QRegularExpression {"^(CQ|QRZ) "});
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="FT8") {
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_bCallingCQ && ui->cbFirst->isVisible () && ui->cbFirst->isChecked ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbFirst->setStyleSheet("QCheckBox{color:red}");
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbFirst->setStyleSheet("");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-13 19:17:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_tune) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_currentMessage = "TUNE";
|
|
|
|
|
m_currentMessageType = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_restart) {
|
2017-07-09 17:30:10 +00:00
|
|
|
write_transmit_entry ("ALL.TXT");
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_config.TX_messages ())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2015-03-17 14:59:19 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->displayTransmittedText(m_currentMessage,m_modeTx,
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value(),m_config.color_TxMsg(),m_bFastMode);
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-12 17:57:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
auto t2 = QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc ().toString ("hhmm");
|
|
|
|
|
icw[0] = 0;
|
2015-03-17 14:59:19 +00:00
|
|
|
auto msg_parts = m_currentMessage.split (' ', QString::SkipEmptyParts);
|
2017-07-09 20:45:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if (msg_parts.size () > 2) {
|
|
|
|
|
// clean up short code forms
|
|
|
|
|
msg_parts[0].remove (QChar {'<'});
|
|
|
|
|
msg_parts[1].remove (QChar {'>'});
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
auto is_73 = m_QSOProgress >= ROGER_REPORT
|
|
|
|
|
&& message_is_73 (m_currentMessageType, msg_parts);
|
2015-03-17 14:59:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_sentFirst73 = is_73
|
|
|
|
|
&& !message_is_73 (m_lastMessageType, m_lastMessageSent.split (' ', QString::SkipEmptyParts));
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_sentFirst73) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_qsoStop=t2;
|
2016-10-13 16:19:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_config.id_after_73 ()) {
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
icw[0] = m_ncw;
|
2015-03-17 14:59:19 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_config.prompt_to_log () && !m_tune) {
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
logQSOTimer.start (0);
|
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2017-07-10 14:24:33 +00:00
|
|
|
bool b=(m_mode=="FT8") and ui->cbAutoSeq->isChecked() and ui->cbFirst->isChecked();
|
|
|
|
|
if(is_73 and (m_config.disable_TX_on_73() or b)) {
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
auto_tx_mode (false);
|
2017-07-10 14:24:33 +00:00
|
|
|
if(b) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx=6;
|
|
|
|
|
ui->txrb6->setChecked(true);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = CALLING;
|
2017-07-10 14:24:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-03-25 01:24:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-10-13 16:19:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_config.id_interval () >0) {
|
2013-03-25 01:24:47 +00:00
|
|
|
int nmin=(m_sec0-m_secID)/60;
|
2016-11-02 12:38:18 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_sec0<m_secID) nmin=m_config.id_interval();
|
|
|
|
|
if(nmin >= m_config.id_interval()) {
|
2013-03-25 01:24:47 +00:00
|
|
|
icw[0]=m_ncw;
|
|
|
|
|
m_secID=m_sec0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-07-09 20:45:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((m_currentMessageType < 6 || 7 == m_currentMessageType)
|
|
|
|
|
&& msg_parts.length() >= 3
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
&& (msg_parts[1] == m_config.my_callsign () ||
|
|
|
|
|
msg_parts[1] == m_baseCall))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int i1;
|
|
|
|
|
bool ok;
|
|
|
|
|
i1 = msg_parts[2].toInt(&ok);
|
|
|
|
|
if(ok and i1>=-50 and i1<50)
|
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
m_rptSent = msg_parts[2];
|
|
|
|
|
m_qsoStart = t2;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
if (msg_parts[2].mid (0, 1) == "R")
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
i1 = msg_parts[2].mid (1).toInt (&ok);
|
|
|
|
|
if (ok and i1 >= -50 and i1 < 50)
|
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
m_rptSent = msg_parts[2].mid (1);
|
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
m_qsoStart = t2;
|
2013-03-18 16:14:18 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-03-18 16:14:18 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
m_restart=false;
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!m_auto && m_sentFirst73)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_sentFirst73 = false;
|
|
|
|
|
if (1 == ui->tabWidget->currentIndex())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx6->text());
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx=7;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = CALLING;
|
2017-05-12 20:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_gen_message_is_cq = true;
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2015-12-01 00:28:58 +00:00
|
|
|
//JHT 11/29/2015 m_ntx=6;
|
|
|
|
|
// ui->txrb6->setChecked(true);
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if (g_iptt == 1 && m_iptt0 == 0)
|
2014-04-11 22:50:44 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-06-30 16:25:47 +00:00
|
|
|
auto const& current_message = QString::fromLatin1 (msgsent);
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_config.watchdog () && !m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")
|
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
|
|
|
&& current_message != m_msgSent0) {
|
|
|
|
|
tx_watchdog (false); // in case we are auto sequencing
|
|
|
|
|
m_msgSent0 = current_message;
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-06-30 16:25:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!m_tune) {
|
2017-07-09 17:30:10 +00:00
|
|
|
write_transmit_entry ("ALL.TXT");
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_config.TX_messages () && !m_tune) {
|
2016-06-30 16:25:47 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->displayTransmittedText(current_message, m_modeTx,
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value(),m_config.color_TxMsg(),m_bFastMode);
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (m_ntx)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case 1: m_QSOProgress = REPLYING; break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 2: m_QSOProgress = REPORT; break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 3: m_QSOProgress = ROGER_REPORT; break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 4: m_QSOProgress = ROGERS; break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 5: m_QSOProgress = SIGNOFF; break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 6: m_QSOProgress = CALLING; break;
|
|
|
|
|
default: break; // determined elsewhere
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_transmitting = true;
|
|
|
|
|
transmitDisplay (true);
|
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
|
|
|
statusUpdate ();
|
2013-04-27 13:11:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!m_btxok && m_btxok0 && g_iptt==1) stopTx();
|
2013-03-24 17:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_startAnother) {
|
2016-10-19 18:09:27 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="MSK144") {
|
|
|
|
|
m_wait++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode!="MSK144" or m_wait>=4) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_wait=0;
|
|
|
|
|
m_startAnother=false;
|
|
|
|
|
on_actionOpen_next_in_directory_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-06-13 14:24:54 +00:00
|
|
|
//Once per second:
|
|
|
|
|
if(nsec != m_sec0) {
|
2016-11-03 14:05:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_freqNominal!=0 and m_freqNominal<50000000 and m_config.enable_VHF_features()) {
|
|
|
|
|
if(!m_bVHFwarned) vhfWarning();
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
m_bVHFwarned=false;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_auto and m_mode=="Echo" and m_bEchoTxOK) {
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
progressBar.setMaximum(6);
|
|
|
|
|
progressBar.setValue(int(m_s6));
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode!="Echo") {
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_monitoring or m_transmitting) {
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
progressBar.setMaximum(m_TRperiod);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
int isec=int(fmod(tsec,m_TRperiod));
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
progressBar.setValue(isec);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
progressBar.setValue(0);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-06-12 00:26:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
astroUpdate ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_transmitting) {
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
char s[37];
|
|
|
|
|
sprintf(s,"Tx: %s",msgsent);
|
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
|
|
|
m_nsendingsh=0;
|
|
|
|
|
if(s[4]==64) m_nsendingsh=1;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_nsendingsh==1 or m_currentMessageType==7) {
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #66ffff}");
|
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if(m_nsendingsh==-1 or m_currentMessageType==6) {
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #ffccff}");
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #ffff33}");
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-17 14:53:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_tune) {
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
tx_status_label.setText("Tx: TUNE");
|
2013-04-17 14:53:58 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="Echo") {
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
tx_status_label.setText("Tx: ECHO");
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
QString t{QString::fromLatin1(s)};
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="FT8" and m_i3bit==1) t="Tx: RR73 NOW " + t.mid(4);
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="FT8" and m_i3bit==2) t="Tx: NIL NOW " + t.mid(4);
|
|
|
|
|
tx_status_label.setText(t);
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-17 14:53:58 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if(m_monitoring) {
|
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!m_tx_watchdog) {
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #00ff00}");
|
2016-09-29 13:29:20 +00:00
|
|
|
QString t;
|
|
|
|
|
t="Receiving";
|
2016-10-12 18:21:45 +00:00
|
|
|
// if(m_mode=="MSK144" and m_config.realTimeDecode()) {
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="MSK144") {
|
2016-09-29 13:29:20 +00:00
|
|
|
int npct=int(100.0*m_fCPUmskrtd/0.298667);
|
|
|
|
|
if(npct>90) tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #ff0000}");
|
2016-09-29 16:39:14 +00:00
|
|
|
t.sprintf("Receiving %2d%%",npct);
|
2016-09-29 13:29:20 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
tx_status_label.setText (t);
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
transmitDisplay(false);
|
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if (!m_diskData && !m_tx_watchdog) {
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("");
|
|
|
|
|
tx_status_label.setText("");
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
QDateTime t = QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc();
|
2012-11-12 16:33:45 +00:00
|
|
|
QString utc = t.date().toString("yyyy MMM dd") + "\n " +
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
t.time().toString() + " ";
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->labUTC->setText(utc);
|
2012-09-26 00:48:49 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!m_monitoring and !m_diskData) {
|
2017-03-06 14:34:25 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->signal_meter_widget->setValue(0,0);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-30 18:54:11 +00:00
|
|
|
m_sec0=nsec;
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
displayDialFrequency ();
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
|
|
|
m_iptt0=g_iptt;
|
|
|
|
|
m_btxok0=m_btxok;
|
2013-03-29 00:21:26 +00:00
|
|
|
} //End of GUIupdate
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-04-12 17:57:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-03-24 17:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::startTx2()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!m_modulator->isActive ()) { // TODO - not thread safe
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
double fSpread=0.0;
|
2014-03-05 18:20:40 +00:00
|
|
|
double snr=99.0;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
QString t=ui->tx5->currentText();
|
|
|
|
|
if(t.mid(0,1)=="#") fSpread=t.mid(1,5).toDouble();
|
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_modulator->setSpread(fSpread); // TODO - not thread safe
|
2014-03-05 18:20:40 +00:00
|
|
|
t=ui->tx6->text();
|
|
|
|
|
if(t.mid(0,1)=="#") snr=t.mid(1,5).toDouble();
|
2013-04-17 14:53:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if(snr>0.0 or snr < -50.0) snr=99.0;
|
2013-08-05 13:57:55 +00:00
|
|
|
transmit (snr);
|
2017-03-06 14:34:25 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->signal_meter_widget->setValue(0,0);
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="Echo" and !m_tune) m_bTransmittedEcho=true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR") and !m_tune) {
|
2015-06-04 11:32:25 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_config.TX_messages ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
t = " Transmitting " + m_mode + " ----------------------- " +
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
m_config.bands ()->find (m_freqNominal);
|
2015-06-13 14:24:54 +00:00
|
|
|
t=WSPR_hhmm(0) + ' ' + t.rightJustified (66, '-');
|
|
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextBrowser->appendText(t);
|
2015-06-04 11:32:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2017-07-08 18:44:42 +00:00
|
|
|
write_transmit_entry ("ALL_WSPR.TXT");
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-03-24 17:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::stopTx()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2013-08-07 23:09:13 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_EMIT endTransmitMessage ();
|
2014-04-11 22:50:44 +00:00
|
|
|
m_btxok = false;
|
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_transmitting = false;
|
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
g_iptt=0;
|
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!m_tx_watchdog) {
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("");
|
|
|
|
|
tx_status_label.setText("");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-09-06 23:18:48 +00:00
|
|
|
ptt0Timer.start(200); //end-of-transmission sequencer delay
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
monitor (true);
|
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
|
|
|
statusUpdate ();
|
2013-03-24 17:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::stopTx2()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_EMIT m_config.transceiver_ptt (false); //Lower PTT
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_mode == "JT9" && m_bFast9
|
|
|
|
|
&& ui->cbAutoSeq->isVisible () && ui->cbAutoSeq->isChecked()
|
|
|
|
|
&& m_ntx == 5 && m_nTx73 >= 5) {
|
|
|
|
|
on_stopTxButton_clicked ();
|
|
|
|
|
m_nTx73 = 0;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR") and m_ntr==-1 and !m_tuneup) {
|
2015-06-02 00:23:17 +00:00
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setWSPRtransmitted();
|
2015-06-06 13:40:10 +00:00
|
|
|
WSPR_scheduling ();
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntr=0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-12-29 18:08:32 +00:00
|
|
|
last_tx_label.setText("Last Tx: " + m_currentMessage.trimmed());
|
2013-03-24 17:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::ba2msg(QByteArray ba, char message[]) //ba2msg()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-11-16 16:42:28 +00:00
|
|
|
int iz=ba.length();
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
for(int i=0;i<28; i++) {
|
2012-11-29 19:01:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if(i<iz) {
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
message[i]=ba[i];
|
2012-11-29 19:01:48 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
message[i]=32;
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
message[28]=0;
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_txFirstCheckBox_stateChanged(int nstate) //TxFirst
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_txFirst = (nstate==2);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::set_dateTimeQSO(int m_ntx)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
// m_ntx = -1 resets to default time
|
|
|
|
|
// Our QSO start time can be fairly well determined from Tx 2 and Tx 3 -- the grid reports
|
|
|
|
|
// If we CQ'd and sending sigrpt then 2 minutes ago n=2
|
|
|
|
|
// If we're on msg 3 then 3 minutes ago n=3 -- might have sat on msg1 for a while
|
|
|
|
|
// If we've already set our time on just return.
|
|
|
|
|
// This should mean that Tx2 or Tx3 has been repeated so don't update the start time
|
|
|
|
|
// We reset it in several places
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_ntx == -1) { // we use a default date to detect change
|
2017-07-09 20:45:53 +00:00
|
|
|
m_dateTimeQSOOn = QDateTime {};
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2017-07-09 20:45:53 +00:00
|
|
|
else if (m_dateTimeQSOOn.isValid ()) {
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else { // we also take of m_TRperiod/2 to allow for late clicks
|
2017-07-09 20:45:53 +00:00
|
|
|
auto now = QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc();
|
|
|
|
|
m_dateTimeQSOOn = now.addSecs (-(m_ntx - 2) * m_TRperiod - (now.time ().second () % m_TRperiod));
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::set_ntx(int n) //set_ntx()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx=n;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_txrb1_toggled (bool status)
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
if (status) {
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ui->tx1->isEnabled ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
set_dateTimeQSO (-1); // we reset here as tx2/tx3 is used for start times
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
|
QTimer::singleShot (0, ui->txrb2, SLOT (click ()));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_txrb1_doubleClicked ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
// skip Tx1, only allowed if not a type 2 compound callsign
|
|
|
|
|
auto const& my_callsign = m_config.my_callsign ();
|
|
|
|
|
auto is_compound = my_callsign != m_baseCall;
|
|
|
|
|
ui->tx1->setEnabled ((is_compound && shortList (my_callsign)) || !ui->tx1->isEnabled ());
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!ui->tx1->isEnabled ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
// leave time for clicks to complete before setting txrb2
|
|
|
|
|
QTimer::singleShot (500, ui->txrb2, SLOT (click ()));
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_txrb2_toggled (bool status)
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
// Tx 2 means we already have CQ'd so good reference
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
if (status) {
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntx = 2;
|
|
|
|
|
set_dateTimeQSO (m_ntx);
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_txrb3_toggled(bool status)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
// Tx 3 means we should havel already have done Tx 1 so good reference
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
if (status) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx=3;
|
|
|
|
|
set_dateTimeQSO(m_ntx);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_txrb4_toggled (bool status)
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
if (status) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx=4;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_txrb4_doubleClicked ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
// RR73 only allowed if not a type 2 compound callsign
|
|
|
|
|
auto const& my_callsign = m_config.my_callsign ();
|
|
|
|
|
auto is_compound = my_callsign != m_baseCall;
|
|
|
|
|
m_send_RR73 = !((is_compound && !shortList (my_callsign)) || m_send_RR73);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
genStdMsgs (m_rpt);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_txrb5_toggled (bool status)
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
if (status) {
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntx = 5;
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_txrb5_doubleClicked ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
genStdMsgs (m_rpt, true);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_txrb6_toggled(bool status)
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
if (status) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx=6;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ui->txrb6->text().contains (QRegularExpression {"^(CQ|QRZ) "})) set_dateTimeQSO(-1);
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_txb1_clicked()
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ui->tx1->isEnabled ()) {
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntx=1;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = REPLYING;
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->txrb1->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
|
on_txb2_clicked ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_txb1_doubleClicked()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
// skip Tx1, only allowed if not a type 1 compound callsign
|
|
|
|
|
auto const& my_callsign = m_config.my_callsign ();
|
|
|
|
|
auto is_compound = my_callsign != m_baseCall;
|
|
|
|
|
ui->tx1->setEnabled ((is_compound && shortList (my_callsign)) || !ui->tx1->isEnabled ());
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_txb2_clicked()
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntx=2;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = REPORT;
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->txrb2->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_txb3_clicked()
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntx=3;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = ROGER_REPORT;
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->txrb3->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_txb4_clicked()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx=4;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = ROGERS;
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->txrb4->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_txb4_doubleClicked()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
// RR73 only allowed if not a type 2 compound callsign
|
|
|
|
|
auto const& my_callsign = m_config.my_callsign ();
|
|
|
|
|
auto is_compound = my_callsign != m_baseCall;
|
|
|
|
|
m_send_RR73 = !((is_compound && !shortList (my_callsign)) || m_send_RR73);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
genStdMsgs (m_rpt);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_txb5_clicked()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx=5;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = SIGNOFF;
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->txrb5->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_txb5_doubleClicked()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
genStdMsgs (m_rpt, true);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_txb6_clicked()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx=6;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = CALLING;
|
2017-07-09 20:45:53 +00:00
|
|
|
set_dateTimeQSO(-1);
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->txrb6->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::doubleClickOnCall2(Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers)
|
2013-04-04 00:09:25 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-07-09 20:45:53 +00:00
|
|
|
set_dateTimeQSO(-1); // reset our QSO start time
|
2013-04-04 00:09:25 +00:00
|
|
|
m_decodedText2=true;
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
doubleClickOnCall(modifiers);
|
2013-04-04 00:09:25 +00:00
|
|
|
m_decodedText2=false;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::doubleClickOnCall(Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers)
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-04-04 00:09:25 +00:00
|
|
|
QTextCursor cursor;
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="ISCAT") {
|
|
|
|
|
MessageBox::information_message (this,
|
2016-11-14 15:00:15 +00:00
|
|
|
"Double-click not presently implemented for ISCAT mode");
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-10-03 17:08:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_decodedText2) {
|
|
|
|
|
cursor=ui->decodedTextBrowser->textCursor();
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
cursor=ui->decodedTextBrowser2->textCursor();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
cursor.setPosition (cursor.selectionStart ());
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
DecodedText message {cursor.block ().text (), ("MSK144" == m_mode || "FT8" == m_mode) &&
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbVHFcontest->isChecked(), m_config.my_grid ()};
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bDoubleClicked = true;
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
processMessage (message, modifiers);
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-04 00:09:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::processMessage (DecodedText const& message, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers)
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
// decode keyboard modifiers we are interested in
|
|
|
|
|
auto shift = modifiers.testFlag (Qt::ShiftModifier);
|
|
|
|
|
auto ctrl = modifiers.testFlag (Qt::ControlModifier);
|
|
|
|
|
// auto alt = modifiers.testFlag (Qt::AltModifier);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-07-10 00:01:20 +00:00
|
|
|
// basic mode sanity checks
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
auto const& parts = message.string ().split (' ', QString::SkipEmptyParts);
|
2017-07-10 00:01:20 +00:00
|
|
|
if (parts.size () < 5) return;
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
auto const& mode = parts.at (4).left (1);
|
2017-07-10 00:01:20 +00:00
|
|
|
if (("JT9+JT65" == m_mode && !("@" == mode || "#" == mode))
|
|
|
|
|
|| ("JT65" == m_mode && mode != "#")
|
|
|
|
|
|| ("JT9" == m_mode && mode != "@")
|
|
|
|
|
|| ("MSK144" == m_mode && !("&" == mode || "^" == mode))
|
|
|
|
|
|| ("QRA64" == m_mode && mode.left (1) != ":")) {
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-26 15:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_bFastMode or m_mode=="FT8") {
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
auto i1=message.string ().indexOf(" CQ ");
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if(i1>10) {
|
|
|
|
|
bool ok;
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
Frequency kHz {message.string ().mid (i1+4,3).toUInt (&ok)};
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if(ok && kHz <= 999) {
|
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_config.is_transceiver_online ()) {
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
//QSY Freq for answering CQ nnn
|
|
|
|
|
setRig (m_freqNominal / 1000000 * 1000000 + 1000 * kHz);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->displayQSY (QString {"QSY %1"}.arg (m_freqNominal / 1e6, 7, 'f', 3));
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-11-14 15:00:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
//Skip the rest if no decoded text extracted
|
|
|
|
|
int frequency = message.frequencyOffset();
|
|
|
|
|
if (message.isTX()) {
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!m_config.enable_VHF_features()) {
|
|
|
|
|
if(!shift) ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue(frequency); //Set Rx freq
|
|
|
|
|
if((ctrl or shift) and !m_holdTxFreq) ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(frequency); //Set Tx freq
|
2016-05-17 19:35:38 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-11-14 15:00:15 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-05-17 19:35:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
int nmod = message.timeInSeconds () % (2*m_TRperiod);
|
2016-05-05 01:32:16 +00:00
|
|
|
m_txFirst=(nmod!=0);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->txFirstCheckBox->setChecked(m_txFirst);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
auto const& message_words = message.messageWords ();
|
|
|
|
|
if (message_words.size () < 2) return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
|
|
|
QString hiscall;
|
|
|
|
|
QString hisgrid;
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
message.deCallAndGrid(/*out*/hiscall,hisgrid);
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
int nWarn=0;
|
|
|
|
|
QString warnMsg;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="MSK144" and message.string().indexOf(hiscall+" R ")>0 and
|
|
|
|
|
!ui->cbVHFcontest->isChecked()) {
|
|
|
|
|
warnMsg=tr("Should you be operating in NA VHF Contest mode?");
|
|
|
|
|
nWarn=1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if((m_mode=="FT8" or m_mode=="MSK144") and hisgrid.length()==4 and
|
|
|
|
|
m_rigState.frequency()>50000000 and !m_bCheckedContest) {
|
|
|
|
|
double utch=0.0;
|
|
|
|
|
int nAz,nEl,nDmiles,nDkm,nHotAz,nHotABetter;
|
|
|
|
|
azdist_(const_cast <char *> (m_config.my_grid().toLatin1().constData()),
|
|
|
|
|
const_cast <char *> (hisgrid.toLatin1().constData()),&utch,
|
|
|
|
|
&nAz,&nEl,&nDmiles,&nDkm,&nHotAz,&nHotABetter,6,6);
|
|
|
|
|
if(nDkm>10000) {
|
|
|
|
|
warnMsg=tr("Locator in decoded message seems to imply\n"
|
|
|
|
|
"a distance greater than 10,000 km. Should\n"
|
|
|
|
|
"you be operating in NA VHF Contest mode?");
|
|
|
|
|
nWarn=2;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if(nWarn>0) {
|
|
|
|
|
QMessageBox msgBox;
|
|
|
|
|
msgBox.setWindowTitle("Contest mode?");
|
|
|
|
|
msgBox.setText(warnMsg);
|
|
|
|
|
msgBox.setStandardButtons(QMessageBox::Yes);
|
|
|
|
|
msgBox.addButton(QMessageBox::No);
|
|
|
|
|
msgBox.setDefaultButton(QMessageBox::Yes);
|
|
|
|
|
if(msgBox.exec() == QMessageBox::Yes){
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbVHFcontest->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if(nWarn==2) {
|
|
|
|
|
on_DecodeButton_clicked (true);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbVHFcontest->setChecked(false);
|
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bCheckedContest=true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
auto is_73 = message_words.filter (QRegularExpression {"^(73|RR73)$"}).size ();
|
|
|
|
|
if (!is_73 and !message.isStandardMessage() and (nWarn==0)) {
|
|
|
|
|
qDebug () << "Not processing message - hiscall:" << hiscall << "hisgrid:" << hisgrid;
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
// only allow automatic mode changes between JT9 and JT65, and when not transmitting
|
2015-11-10 23:26:42 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!m_transmitting and m_mode == "JT9+JT65") {
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
if (message.isJT9())
|
2016-05-17 19:35:38 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_modeTx="JT9";
|
|
|
|
|
ui->pbTxMode->setText("Tx JT9 @");
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if (message.isJT65()) {
|
2016-05-17 19:35:38 +00:00
|
|
|
m_modeTx="JT65";
|
|
|
|
|
ui->pbTxMode->setText("Tx JT65 #");
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
|
2014-09-24 17:26:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if ((message.isJT9 () and m_modeTx != "JT9" and m_mode != "JT4") or
|
|
|
|
|
(message.isJT65 () and m_modeTx != "JT65" and m_mode != "JT4")) {
|
2016-05-17 19:35:38 +00:00
|
|
|
// if we are not allowing mode change then don't process decode
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2014-09-24 17:26:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
QString firstcall = message.call();
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if(firstcall.length()==5 and firstcall.mid(0,3)=="CQ ") firstcall="CQ";
|
2017-06-27 13:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!m_bFastMode and (!m_config.enable_VHF_features() or m_mode=="FT8")) {
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
// Don't change Tx freq if in a fast mode, or VHF features enabled; also not if a
|
|
|
|
|
// station is calling me, unless CTRL or SHIFT is held down.
|
|
|
|
|
if ((Radio::is_callsign (firstcall)
|
|
|
|
|
&& firstcall != m_config.my_callsign () && firstcall != m_baseCall
|
|
|
|
|
&& firstcall != "DE")
|
|
|
|
|
|| "CQ" == firstcall || "QRZ" == firstcall || ctrl || shift) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (!m_holdTxFreq or shift or ctrl) ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(frequency);
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode != "JT4" && m_mode != "JT65" && !m_mode.startsWith ("JT9") &&
|
|
|
|
|
m_mode != "QRA64" && m_mode!="FT8") {
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2014-09-24 17:26:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-09-24 17:26:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
|
|
|
// prior DX call (possible QSO partner)
|
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
auto qso_partner_base_call = Radio::base_callsign (ui->dxCallEntry-> text ());
|
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
auto base_call = Radio::base_callsign (hiscall);
|
2013-08-25 01:48:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
// Determine appropriate response to received message
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
auto dtext = " " + message.string () + " ";
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
int gen_msg {0};
|
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
if(dtext.contains (" " + m_baseCall + " ")
|
2016-02-04 17:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|| dtext.contains ("<" + m_baseCall + " ")
|
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|| dtext.contains ("/" + m_baseCall + " ")
|
|
|
|
|
|| dtext.contains (" " + m_baseCall + "/")
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|| (firstcall == "DE" /*&& ((t4.size () > 7 && t4.at(7) != "73") || t4.size () <= 7)*/))
|
2013-08-25 01:48:45 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
if (message_words.size () > 3 // enough fields for a normal message
|
|
|
|
|
&& (message_words.at (1).contains (m_baseCall) || "DE" == message_words.at (1))
|
|
|
|
|
&& message_words.at (2).contains (qso_partner_base_call)
|
|
|
|
|
&& !message_words.at (3).contains (grid_regexp)) // but no grid on end of msg
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
QString r=message_words.at (3);
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_QSOProgress >= ROGER_REPORT && (r=="RRR" || r.toInt()==73 || "RR73" == r)) {
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==1) {
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
gen_msg = 5;
|
|
|
|
|
if (ui->rbGenMsg->isChecked ()) m_ntx=7;
|
2017-05-12 20:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx=5;
|
|
|
|
|
ui->txrb5->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = SIGNOFF;
|
|
|
|
|
} else if((m_QSOProgress >= REPORT
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8016 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:22:54 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Remove call to jtmsg.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8017 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:52:52 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Bring a simulation tool up to date.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8022 | k9an | 2017-08-13 02:35:13 +0100 (Sun, 13 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Improve efficiency of OSD by a factor of 5 to 10 for norder=2 and
3. Use norder=2 for wideband multi-decoding, norder=3 near nfqso and
nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8026 | k9an | 2017-08-14 16:00:48 +0100 (Mon, 14 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make default MSK144 amplitude polynomial flat.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8029 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 14:07:27 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Edit the advice displayed by F5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8030 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 23:34:26 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8031 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:14:51 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Improvements to the OSD to allow deeper wideband decoding.
2. Add a third decoding pass.
3. Change symbol metric from max-log to max-amplitude.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8032 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:17:23 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Delete unused array.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8033 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:21:59 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
More cleanup.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8034 | k1jt | 2017-08-24 14:38:47 +0100 (Thu, 24 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Possible pseudo-code for DXpedition auto-sequencing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8035 | k1jt | 2017-08-25 17:59:58 +0100 (Fri, 25 Aug 2017) | 4 lines
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for
subsequent regenerations.
This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until
changed back.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8036 | k1jt | 2017-08-26 17:30:47 +0100 (Sat, 26 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Use a baseline-fitting procedure to improve S/N estimates for FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8037 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 13:26:37 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix the 'Start=0 ==> S/N = -24 dB' problem.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8038 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 14:11:56 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Change magic 36 back to 37; does this break something else?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8039 | k1jt | 2017-08-28 15:32:14 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the behavior of FT8 in "NA VHF Contest mode".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8040 | k9an | 2017-08-28 22:09:44 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a potential array bounds issue in osd174.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8043 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:37 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Update AD1C cty.dat database to 14th Aug 2017 big CTY.DAT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8044 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:51 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Basic fix of auto sequencing with free text 73 messages, more to come
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8045 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:46:32 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Ensure that auto Tx is disabled when stop Tx on 73 isn't enabled and
DX call is cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8046 | k1jt | 2017-08-29 15:01:55 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Update text in User Guide related to *NA VHF Contest Mode*.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8047 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 03:27:57 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing
73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather
than being processed.
Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++
code in the logbook directory.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8048 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 14:20:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make 73 and RR73 matching of incoming messages for exact while words
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8049 | k1jt | 2017-08-30 18:06:49 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-31 00:41:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|| (m_QSOProgress >= REPLYING && (m_mode=="MSK144" or m_mode=="FT8")
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
&& ui->cbVHFcontest->isChecked())) && r.mid(0,1)=="R") {
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntx=4;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = ROGERS;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->txrb4->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==1) {
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
gen_msg = 4;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntx=7;
|
2017-05-12 20:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if(m_QSOProgress >= CALLING && r.toInt()>=-50 && r.toInt()<=49) {
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntx=3;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = ROGER_REPORT;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->txrb3->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==1) {
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
gen_msg = 3;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntx=7;
|
2017-05-12 20:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
else { // nothing for us
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
else if (m_QSOProgress >= ROGERS
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
&& message_words.size () > 2 && message_words.at (1).contains (m_baseCall) && message_words.at (2) == "73") {
|
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
|
|
|
// 73 back to compound call holder
|
|
|
|
|
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==1) {
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
gen_msg = 5;
|
|
|
|
|
if (ui->rbGenMsg->isChecked ()) m_ntx=7;
|
2017-05-12 20:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
|
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx=5;
|
|
|
|
|
ui->txrb5->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = SIGNOFF;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (!(m_bAutoReply && m_QSOProgress > CALLING)) {
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((message_words.size () > 4 && message_words.at (1).contains (m_baseCall) && message_words.at (4) == "OOO")
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|| ((m_mode=="MSK144" or m_mode=="FT8") && ui->cbVHFcontest->isChecked())) {
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8016 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:22:54 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Remove call to jtmsg.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8017 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:52:52 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Bring a simulation tool up to date.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8022 | k9an | 2017-08-13 02:35:13 +0100 (Sun, 13 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Improve efficiency of OSD by a factor of 5 to 10 for norder=2 and
3. Use norder=2 for wideband multi-decoding, norder=3 near nfqso and
nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8026 | k9an | 2017-08-14 16:00:48 +0100 (Mon, 14 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make default MSK144 amplitude polynomial flat.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8029 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 14:07:27 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Edit the advice displayed by F5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8030 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 23:34:26 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8031 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:14:51 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Improvements to the OSD to allow deeper wideband decoding.
2. Add a third decoding pass.
3. Change symbol metric from max-log to max-amplitude.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8032 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:17:23 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Delete unused array.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8033 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:21:59 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
More cleanup.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8034 | k1jt | 2017-08-24 14:38:47 +0100 (Thu, 24 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Possible pseudo-code for DXpedition auto-sequencing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8035 | k1jt | 2017-08-25 17:59:58 +0100 (Fri, 25 Aug 2017) | 4 lines
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for
subsequent regenerations.
This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until
changed back.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8036 | k1jt | 2017-08-26 17:30:47 +0100 (Sat, 26 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Use a baseline-fitting procedure to improve S/N estimates for FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8037 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 13:26:37 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix the 'Start=0 ==> S/N = -24 dB' problem.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8038 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 14:11:56 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Change magic 36 back to 37; does this break something else?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8039 | k1jt | 2017-08-28 15:32:14 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the behavior of FT8 in "NA VHF Contest mode".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8040 | k9an | 2017-08-28 22:09:44 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a potential array bounds issue in osd174.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8043 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:37 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Update AD1C cty.dat database to 14th Aug 2017 big CTY.DAT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8044 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:51 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Basic fix of auto sequencing with free text 73 messages, more to come
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8045 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:46:32 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Ensure that auto Tx is disabled when stop Tx on 73 isn't enabled and
DX call is cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8046 | k1jt | 2017-08-29 15:01:55 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Update text in User Guide related to *NA VHF Contest Mode*.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8047 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 03:27:57 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing
73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather
than being processed.
Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++
code in the logbook directory.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8048 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 14:20:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make 73 and RR73 matching of incoming messages for exact while words
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8049 | k1jt | 2017-08-30 18:06:49 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-31 00:41:52 +00:00
|
|
|
// EME short code report or MSK144/FT8 contest mode reply, send back Tx3
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntx = 3;
|
|
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = ROGER_REPORT;
|
|
|
|
|
ui->txrb3->setChecked (true);
|
|
|
|
|
if (ui->tabWidget->currentIndex () == 1) {
|
|
|
|
|
gen_msg = 3;
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx = 7;
|
|
|
|
|
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-09-09 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx=2;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = REPORT;
|
2016-09-09 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->txrb2->setChecked(true);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==1) {
|
|
|
|
|
gen_msg = 2;
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx=7;
|
|
|
|
|
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_bDoubleClickAfterCQnnn and m_transmitting) {
|
|
|
|
|
on_stopTxButton_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
TxAgainTimer.start(1500);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
m_bDoubleClickAfterCQnnn=false;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else { // nothing for us
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2013-04-29 18:35:58 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
else if (firstcall == "DE" && message_words.size () > 3 && message_words.at (3) == "73") {
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_QSOProgress >= ROGERS && base_call == qso_partner_base_call && m_currentMessageType) {
|
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
|
|
|
// 73 back to compound call holder
|
|
|
|
|
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==1) {
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
gen_msg = 5;
|
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntx=7;
|
2017-05-12 20:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
|
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx=5;
|
|
|
|
|
ui->txrb5->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = SIGNOFF;
|
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
|
// treat like a CQ/QRZ
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ui->tx1->isEnabled ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = REPLYING;
|
|
|
|
|
ui->txrb1->setChecked (true);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx = 2;
|
|
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = REPORT;
|
|
|
|
|
ui->txrb2->setChecked (true);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==1) {
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
gen_msg = 1;
|
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntx=7;
|
2017-05-12 20:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
|
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
else if (is_73 && !message.isStandardMessage ()) {
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==1) {
|
|
|
|
|
gen_msg = 5;
|
|
|
|
|
if (ui->rbGenMsg->isChecked ()) m_ntx=7;
|
|
|
|
|
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx=5;
|
|
|
|
|
ui->txrb5->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = SIGNOFF;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else // just work them
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ui->tx1->isEnabled ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = REPLYING;
|
|
|
|
|
ui->txrb1->setChecked (true);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx = 2;
|
|
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = REPORT;
|
|
|
|
|
ui->txrb2->setChecked (true);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (1 == ui->tabWidget->currentIndex ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
gen_msg = m_ntx;
|
2013-04-29 18:35:58 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntx=7;
|
2017-05-12 20:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
|
2013-04-29 18:35:58 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// if we get here then we are reacting to the message
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_bAutoReply) m_bCallingCQ = CALLING == m_QSOProgress;
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ui->RxFreqSpinBox->isEnabled () and m_mode != "MSK144" and !shift) {
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue (frequency); //Set Rx freq
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8016 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:22:54 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Remove call to jtmsg.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8017 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:52:52 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Bring a simulation tool up to date.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8022 | k9an | 2017-08-13 02:35:13 +0100 (Sun, 13 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Improve efficiency of OSD by a factor of 5 to 10 for norder=2 and
3. Use norder=2 for wideband multi-decoding, norder=3 near nfqso and
nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8026 | k9an | 2017-08-14 16:00:48 +0100 (Mon, 14 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make default MSK144 amplitude polynomial flat.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8029 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 14:07:27 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Edit the advice displayed by F5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8030 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 23:34:26 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8031 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:14:51 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Improvements to the OSD to allow deeper wideband decoding.
2. Add a third decoding pass.
3. Change symbol metric from max-log to max-amplitude.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8032 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:17:23 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Delete unused array.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8033 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:21:59 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
More cleanup.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8034 | k1jt | 2017-08-24 14:38:47 +0100 (Thu, 24 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Possible pseudo-code for DXpedition auto-sequencing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8035 | k1jt | 2017-08-25 17:59:58 +0100 (Fri, 25 Aug 2017) | 4 lines
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for
subsequent regenerations.
This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until
changed back.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8036 | k1jt | 2017-08-26 17:30:47 +0100 (Sat, 26 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Use a baseline-fitting procedure to improve S/N estimates for FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8037 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 13:26:37 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix the 'Start=0 ==> S/N = -24 dB' problem.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8038 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 14:11:56 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Change magic 36 back to 37; does this break something else?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8039 | k1jt | 2017-08-28 15:32:14 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the behavior of FT8 in "NA VHF Contest mode".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8040 | k9an | 2017-08-28 22:09:44 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a potential array bounds issue in osd174.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8043 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:37 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Update AD1C cty.dat database to 14th Aug 2017 big CTY.DAT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8044 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:51 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Basic fix of auto sequencing with free text 73 messages, more to come
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8045 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:46:32 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Ensure that auto Tx is disabled when stop Tx on 73 isn't enabled and
DX call is cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8046 | k1jt | 2017-08-29 15:01:55 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Update text in User Guide related to *NA VHF Contest Mode*.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8047 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 03:27:57 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing
73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather
than being processed.
Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++
code in the logbook directory.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8048 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 14:20:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make 73 and RR73 matching of incoming messages for exact while words
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8049 | k1jt | 2017-08-30 18:06:49 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-31 00:41:52 +00:00
|
|
|
QString s1 = m_QSOText.trimmed ();
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
QString s2 = message.string ().trimmed();
|
|
|
|
|
if (s1!=s2 and !message.isTX()) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->displayDecodedText(message, m_baseCall,
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
false, m_logBook,m_config.color_CQ(), m_config.color_MyCall(),
|
|
|
|
|
m_config.color_DXCC(),m_config.color_NewCall());
|
2017-09-01 23:55:56 +00:00
|
|
|
m_QSOText = s2;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (Radio::is_callsign (hiscall)
|
|
|
|
|
&& (base_call != qso_partner_base_call || base_call != hiscall)) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (qso_partner_base_call != base_call) {
|
|
|
|
|
// clear the DX grid if the base call of his call is different
|
|
|
|
|
// from the current DX call
|
|
|
|
|
ui->dxGridEntry->clear ();
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
// his base call different or his call more qualified
|
|
|
|
|
// i.e. compound version of same base call
|
|
|
|
|
ui->dxCallEntry->setText (hiscall);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (hisgrid.contains (grid_regexp)) {
|
|
|
|
|
if(ui->dxGridEntry->text().mid(0,4) != hisgrid) ui->dxGridEntry->setText(hisgrid);
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!ui->dxGridEntry->text ().size ())
|
|
|
|
|
lookup();
|
|
|
|
|
m_hisGrid = ui->dxGridEntry->text();
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
QString rpt = message.report();
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
int n=rpt.toInt();
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="MSK144" and m_bShMsgs) {
|
|
|
|
|
int n=rpt.toInt();
|
|
|
|
|
if(n<=-2) n=-3;
|
|
|
|
|
if(n>=-1 and n<=1) n=0;
|
|
|
|
|
if(n>=2 and n<=4) n=3;
|
|
|
|
|
if(n>=5 and n<=7) n=6;
|
|
|
|
|
if(n>=8 and n<=11) n=10;
|
|
|
|
|
if(n>=12 and n<=14) n=13;
|
|
|
|
|
if(n>=15) n=16;
|
|
|
|
|
rpt=QString::number(n);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ui->rptSpinBox->setValue(n);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!m_nTx73) { // Don't genStdMsgs if we're already sending 73.
|
|
|
|
|
genStdMsgs(rpt);
|
|
|
|
|
if (gen_msg) {
|
|
|
|
|
switch (gen_msg) {
|
|
|
|
|
case 1: ui->genMsg->setText (ui->tx1->text ()); break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 2: ui->genMsg->setText (ui->tx2->text ()); break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 3: ui->genMsg->setText (ui->tx3->text ()); break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 4: ui->genMsg->setText (ui->tx4->text ()); break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 5: ui->genMsg->setText (ui->tx5->currentText ()); break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (gen_msg != 5) { // allow user to pre-select a free message
|
|
|
|
|
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked (true);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ui->cbAutoSeq->isVisible () && ui->cbAutoSeq->isChecked () && !m_bDoubleClicked) return;
|
2016-11-23 00:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_config.quick_call()) auto_tx_mode(true);
|
2016-11-22 15:47:59 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bDoubleClicked=false;
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::genCQMsg ()
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8016 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:22:54 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Remove call to jtmsg.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8017 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:52:52 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Bring a simulation tool up to date.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8022 | k9an | 2017-08-13 02:35:13 +0100 (Sun, 13 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Improve efficiency of OSD by a factor of 5 to 10 for norder=2 and
3. Use norder=2 for wideband multi-decoding, norder=3 near nfqso and
nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8026 | k9an | 2017-08-14 16:00:48 +0100 (Mon, 14 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make default MSK144 amplitude polynomial flat.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8029 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 14:07:27 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Edit the advice displayed by F5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8030 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 23:34:26 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8031 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:14:51 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Improvements to the OSD to allow deeper wideband decoding.
2. Add a third decoding pass.
3. Change symbol metric from max-log to max-amplitude.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8032 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:17:23 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Delete unused array.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8033 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:21:59 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
More cleanup.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8034 | k1jt | 2017-08-24 14:38:47 +0100 (Thu, 24 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Possible pseudo-code for DXpedition auto-sequencing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8035 | k1jt | 2017-08-25 17:59:58 +0100 (Fri, 25 Aug 2017) | 4 lines
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for
subsequent regenerations.
This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until
changed back.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8036 | k1jt | 2017-08-26 17:30:47 +0100 (Sat, 26 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Use a baseline-fitting procedure to improve S/N estimates for FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8037 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 13:26:37 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix the 'Start=0 ==> S/N = -24 dB' problem.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8038 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 14:11:56 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Change magic 36 back to 37; does this break something else?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8039 | k1jt | 2017-08-28 15:32:14 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the behavior of FT8 in "NA VHF Contest mode".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8040 | k9an | 2017-08-28 22:09:44 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a potential array bounds issue in osd174.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8043 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:37 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Update AD1C cty.dat database to 14th Aug 2017 big CTY.DAT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8044 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:51 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Basic fix of auto sequencing with free text 73 messages, more to come
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8045 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:46:32 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Ensure that auto Tx is disabled when stop Tx on 73 isn't enabled and
DX call is cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8046 | k1jt | 2017-08-29 15:01:55 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Update text in User Guide related to *NA VHF Contest Mode*.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8047 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 03:27:57 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing
73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather
than being processed.
Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++
code in the logbook directory.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8048 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 14:20:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make 73 and RR73 matching of incoming messages for exact while words
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8049 | k1jt | 2017-08-30 18:06:49 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-31 00:41:52 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_config.my_callsign().size () && m_config.my_grid().size ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
auto const& grid = m_config.my_callsign () != m_baseCall && shortList (m_config.my_callsign ()) ? QString {} : m_config.my_grid ();
|
|
|
|
|
if (ui->cbCQTx->isEnabled () && ui->cbCQTx->isVisible () && ui->cbCQTx->isChecked ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
msgtype (QString {"CQ %1 %2 %3"}
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (m_freqNominal / 1000 - m_freqNominal / 1000000 * 1000, 3, 10, QChar {'0'})
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (m_config.my_callsign())
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (grid.left (4)),
|
|
|
|
|
ui->tx6);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
msgtype (QString {"%1 %2 %3"}.arg(m_CQtype).arg(m_config.my_callsign()).arg(grid.left(4)),ui->tx6);
|
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8016 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:22:54 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Remove call to jtmsg.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8017 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:52:52 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Bring a simulation tool up to date.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8022 | k9an | 2017-08-13 02:35:13 +0100 (Sun, 13 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Improve efficiency of OSD by a factor of 5 to 10 for norder=2 and
3. Use norder=2 for wideband multi-decoding, norder=3 near nfqso and
nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8026 | k9an | 2017-08-14 16:00:48 +0100 (Mon, 14 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make default MSK144 amplitude polynomial flat.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8029 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 14:07:27 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Edit the advice displayed by F5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8030 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 23:34:26 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8031 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:14:51 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Improvements to the OSD to allow deeper wideband decoding.
2. Add a third decoding pass.
3. Change symbol metric from max-log to max-amplitude.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8032 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:17:23 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Delete unused array.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8033 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:21:59 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
More cleanup.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8034 | k1jt | 2017-08-24 14:38:47 +0100 (Thu, 24 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Possible pseudo-code for DXpedition auto-sequencing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8035 | k1jt | 2017-08-25 17:59:58 +0100 (Fri, 25 Aug 2017) | 4 lines
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for
subsequent regenerations.
This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until
changed back.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8036 | k1jt | 2017-08-26 17:30:47 +0100 (Sat, 26 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Use a baseline-fitting procedure to improve S/N estimates for FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8037 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 13:26:37 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix the 'Start=0 ==> S/N = -24 dB' problem.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8038 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 14:11:56 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Change magic 36 back to 37; does this break something else?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8039 | k1jt | 2017-08-28 15:32:14 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the behavior of FT8 in "NA VHF Contest mode".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8040 | k9an | 2017-08-28 22:09:44 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a potential array bounds issue in osd174.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8043 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:37 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Update AD1C cty.dat database to 14th Aug 2017 big CTY.DAT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8044 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:51 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Basic fix of auto sequencing with free text 73 messages, more to come
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8045 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:46:32 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Ensure that auto Tx is disabled when stop Tx on 73 isn't enabled and
DX call is cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8046 | k1jt | 2017-08-29 15:01:55 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Update text in User Guide related to *NA VHF Contest Mode*.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8047 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 03:27:57 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing
73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather
than being processed.
Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++
code in the logbook directory.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8048 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 14:20:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make 73 and RR73 matching of incoming messages for exact while words
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8049 | k1jt | 2017-08-30 18:06:49 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-31 00:41:52 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((m_mode=="JT4" or m_mode=="QRA64") and ui->cbShMsgs->isChecked()) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (ui->cbTx6->isChecked ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
msgtype ("@1250 (SEND MSGS)", ui->tx6);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
msgtype ("@1000 (TUNE)", ui->tx6);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8016 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:22:54 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Remove call to jtmsg.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8017 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:52:52 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Bring a simulation tool up to date.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8022 | k9an | 2017-08-13 02:35:13 +0100 (Sun, 13 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Improve efficiency of OSD by a factor of 5 to 10 for norder=2 and
3. Use norder=2 for wideband multi-decoding, norder=3 near nfqso and
nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8026 | k9an | 2017-08-14 16:00:48 +0100 (Mon, 14 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make default MSK144 amplitude polynomial flat.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8029 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 14:07:27 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Edit the advice displayed by F5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8030 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 23:34:26 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8031 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:14:51 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Improvements to the OSD to allow deeper wideband decoding.
2. Add a third decoding pass.
3. Change symbol metric from max-log to max-amplitude.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8032 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:17:23 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Delete unused array.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8033 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:21:59 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
More cleanup.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8034 | k1jt | 2017-08-24 14:38:47 +0100 (Thu, 24 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Possible pseudo-code for DXpedition auto-sequencing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8035 | k1jt | 2017-08-25 17:59:58 +0100 (Fri, 25 Aug 2017) | 4 lines
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for
subsequent regenerations.
This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until
changed back.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8036 | k1jt | 2017-08-26 17:30:47 +0100 (Sat, 26 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Use a baseline-fitting procedure to improve S/N estimates for FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8037 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 13:26:37 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix the 'Start=0 ==> S/N = -24 dB' problem.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8038 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 14:11:56 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Change magic 36 back to 37; does this break something else?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8039 | k1jt | 2017-08-28 15:32:14 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the behavior of FT8 in "NA VHF Contest mode".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8040 | k9an | 2017-08-28 22:09:44 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a potential array bounds issue in osd174.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8043 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:37 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Update AD1C cty.dat database to 14th Aug 2017 big CTY.DAT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8044 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:51 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Basic fix of auto sequencing with free text 73 messages, more to come
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8045 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:46:32 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Ensure that auto Tx is disabled when stop Tx on 73 isn't enabled and
DX call is cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8046 | k1jt | 2017-08-29 15:01:55 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Update text in User Guide related to *NA VHF Contest Mode*.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8047 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 03:27:57 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing
73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather
than being processed.
Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++
code in the logbook directory.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8048 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 14:20:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make 73 and RR73 matching of incoming messages for exact while words
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8049 | k1jt | 2017-08-30 18:06:49 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-31 00:41:52 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->tx6->clear ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::genStdMsgs(QString rpt, bool unconditional)
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
genCQMsg ();
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
auto const& hisCall=ui->dxCallEntry->text();
|
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!hisCall.size ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->labAz->clear ();
|
2016-10-13 18:02:44 +00:00
|
|
|
// ui->labDist->clear ();
|
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->tx1->clear ();
|
|
|
|
|
ui->tx2->clear ();
|
|
|
|
|
ui->tx3->clear ();
|
|
|
|
|
ui->tx4->clear ();
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (unconditional) { // leave in place in case it needs
|
|
|
|
|
// sending again
|
|
|
|
|
ui->tx5->lineEdit ()->clear ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->genMsg->clear ();
|
2017-05-12 20:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
|
2013-07-08 19:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
auto const& my_callsign = m_config.my_callsign ();
|
|
|
|
|
auto is_compound = my_callsign != m_baseCall;
|
|
|
|
|
auto is_type_one = is_compound && shortList (my_callsign);
|
|
|
|
|
auto const& my_grid = m_config.my_grid ().left (4);
|
|
|
|
|
auto const& hisBase = Radio::base_callsign (hisCall);
|
|
|
|
|
auto eme_short_codes = m_config.enable_VHF_features () && ui->cbShMsgs->isChecked () && m_mode == "JT65";
|
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
QString t0=hisBase + " " + m_baseCall + " ";
|
2016-10-05 14:20:25 +00:00
|
|
|
QString t00=t0;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
QString t {t0 + my_grid};
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
msgtype(t, ui->tx1);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (eme_short_codes) {
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
t=t+" OOO";
|
|
|
|
|
msgtype(t, ui->tx2);
|
|
|
|
|
msgtype("RO", ui->tx3);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
msgtype(m_send_RR73 ? "RR73" : "RRR", ui->tx4);
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
msgtype("73", ui->tx5->lineEdit ());
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
int n=rpt.toInt();
|
2016-07-13 20:32:48 +00:00
|
|
|
rpt.sprintf("%+2.2d",n);
|
2016-12-17 21:18:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="MSK144" or m_mode=="FT8") {
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if(ui->cbVHFcontest->isChecked()) {
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
t=t0 + my_grid;
|
2016-12-18 18:31:48 +00:00
|
|
|
msgtype(t, ui->tx2);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
t=t0 + "R " + my_grid;
|
2016-12-18 18:31:48 +00:00
|
|
|
msgtype(t, ui->tx3);
|
2016-12-17 21:18:47 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="MSK144" and m_bShMsgs) {
|
|
|
|
|
int i=t0.length()-1;
|
|
|
|
|
t0="<" + t0.mid(0,i) + "> ";
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!ui->cbVHFcontest->isChecked()) {
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if(n<=-2) n=-3;
|
|
|
|
|
if(n>=-1 and n<=1) n=0;
|
|
|
|
|
if(n>=2 and n<=4) n=3;
|
|
|
|
|
if(n>=5 and n<=7) n=6;
|
|
|
|
|
if(n>=8 and n<=11) n=10;
|
|
|
|
|
if(n>=12 and n<=14) n=13;
|
|
|
|
|
if(n>=15) n=16;
|
|
|
|
|
rpt.sprintf("%+2.2d",n);
|
2016-12-17 21:18:47 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-01-22 18:10:39 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if((m_mode!="MSK144" and m_mode!="FT8") or !ui->cbVHFcontest->isChecked()) {
|
2016-12-18 18:31:48 +00:00
|
|
|
t=t00 + rpt;
|
|
|
|
|
msgtype(t, ui->tx2);
|
2016-12-17 21:18:47 +00:00
|
|
|
t=t0 + "R" + rpt;
|
2016-12-18 18:31:48 +00:00
|
|
|
msgtype(t, ui->tx3);
|
2016-12-17 21:18:47 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
t=t0 + (m_send_RR73 ? "RR73" : "RRR");
|
|
|
|
|
if ((m_mode=="JT4" || m_mode=="QRA64") && m_bShMsgs) t="@1500 (RRR)";
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
msgtype(t, ui->tx4);
|
|
|
|
|
t=t0 + "73";
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_mode=="JT4" || m_mode=="QRA64") {
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_bShMsgs) t="@1750 (73)";
|
|
|
|
|
msgtype(t, ui->tx5->lineEdit ());
|
2017-07-17 15:47:08 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
else if ("MSK144" == m_mode && m_bShMsgs) {
|
|
|
|
|
msgtype(t, ui->tx5->lineEdit ());
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (unconditional || hisBase != m_lastCallsign || !m_lastCallsign.size ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
// only update tx5 when forced or callsign changes
|
2017-07-16 16:20:44 +00:00
|
|
|
msgtype(t, ui->tx5->lineEdit ());
|
|
|
|
|
m_lastCallsign = hisBase;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-11-16 16:08:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (is_compound) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (is_type_one) {
|
|
|
|
|
t=hisBase + " " + my_callsign;
|
2014-10-19 00:56:41 +00:00
|
|
|
msgtype(t, ui->tx1);
|
2014-01-31 19:01:33 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2017-09-01 23:55:56 +00:00
|
|
|
t = "DE " + my_callsign + " ";
|
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (m_config.type_2_msg_gen ())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case Configuration::type_2_msg_1_full:
|
2017-09-01 23:55:56 +00:00
|
|
|
msgtype(t + my_grid, ui->tx1);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!eme_short_codes) {
|
2017-09-01 23:55:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((m_mode=="MSK144" || m_mode=="FT8")
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
&& ui->cbVHFcontest->isChecked()) {
|
2017-09-01 23:55:56 +00:00
|
|
|
msgtype(t + "R " + my_grid, ui->tx3);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
|
msgtype(t + "R" + rpt, ui->tx3);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((m_mode != "JT4" && m_mode != "QRA64") || !m_bShMsgs) {
|
2017-09-01 23:55:56 +00:00
|
|
|
msgtype(t + "73", ui->tx5->lineEdit ());
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case Configuration::type_2_msg_3_full:
|
2017-09-01 23:55:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((m_mode=="MSK144" || m_mode=="FT8")
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
&& ui->cbVHFcontest->isChecked()) {
|
2017-09-01 23:55:56 +00:00
|
|
|
msgtype(t + "R " + my_grid, ui->tx3);
|
|
|
|
|
msgtype(t + "RRR", ui->tx4);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
|
msgtype(t00 + my_grid, ui->tx1);
|
|
|
|
|
msgtype(t + "R" + rpt, ui->tx3);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!eme_short_codes && ((m_mode != "JT4" && m_mode != "QRA64") || !m_bShMsgs)) {
|
2017-09-01 23:55:56 +00:00
|
|
|
msgtype(t + "73", ui->tx5->lineEdit ());
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case Configuration::type_2_msg_5_only:
|
2017-09-01 23:55:56 +00:00
|
|
|
msgtype(t00 + my_grid, ui->tx1);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!eme_short_codes) {
|
2017-09-01 23:55:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((m_mode=="MSK144" || m_mode=="FT8")
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
&& ui->cbVHFcontest->isChecked()) {
|
2017-09-01 23:55:56 +00:00
|
|
|
msgtype(t + "R " + my_grid, ui->tx3);
|
|
|
|
|
msgtype(t + "RRR", ui->tx4);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else {
|
2017-09-09 20:56:11 +00:00
|
|
|
msgtype(t0 + "R" + rpt, ui->tx3);
|
2017-09-01 23:55:56 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2017-09-09 23:01:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// don't use short codes here as in a sked with a type 2
|
|
|
|
|
// prefix we would never send out prefix/suffix
|
2017-09-01 23:55:56 +00:00
|
|
|
msgtype(t + "73", ui->tx5->lineEdit ());
|
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2014-01-31 19:01:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-11-12 01:16:44 +00:00
|
|
|
if (hisCall != hisBase
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
&& m_config.type_2_msg_gen () != Configuration::type_2_msg_5_only
|
|
|
|
|
&& !eme_short_codes) {
|
2015-11-12 01:16:44 +00:00
|
|
|
// cfm we have his full call copied as we could not do this earlier
|
|
|
|
|
t = hisCall + " 73";
|
|
|
|
|
msgtype(t, ui->tx5->lineEdit ());
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2014-01-31 19:01:33 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (hisCall != hisBase) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (shortList(hisCall)) {
|
2015-11-12 01:16:44 +00:00
|
|
|
// cfm we know his full call with a type 1 tx1 message
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
t = hisCall + " " + my_callsign;
|
2014-10-19 00:56:41 +00:00
|
|
|
msgtype(t, ui->tx1);
|
2014-01-31 19:01:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
else if (!eme_short_codes
|
|
|
|
|
&& ("MSK144" != m_mode || !m_bShMsgs)) {
|
2015-11-12 01:16:44 +00:00
|
|
|
t=hisCall + " 73";
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
msgtype(t, ui->tx5->lineEdit ());
|
2015-11-12 01:16:44 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-01-31 19:01:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
|
|
|
m_rpt=rpt;
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::TxAgain()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
auto_tx_mode(true);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-06-18 22:18:05 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::clearDX ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8016 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:22:54 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Remove call to jtmsg.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8017 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:52:52 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Bring a simulation tool up to date.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8022 | k9an | 2017-08-13 02:35:13 +0100 (Sun, 13 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Improve efficiency of OSD by a factor of 5 to 10 for norder=2 and
3. Use norder=2 for wideband multi-decoding, norder=3 near nfqso and
nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8026 | k9an | 2017-08-14 16:00:48 +0100 (Mon, 14 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make default MSK144 amplitude polynomial flat.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8029 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 14:07:27 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Edit the advice displayed by F5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8030 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 23:34:26 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8031 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:14:51 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Improvements to the OSD to allow deeper wideband decoding.
2. Add a third decoding pass.
3. Change symbol metric from max-log to max-amplitude.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8032 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:17:23 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Delete unused array.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8033 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:21:59 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
More cleanup.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8034 | k1jt | 2017-08-24 14:38:47 +0100 (Thu, 24 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Possible pseudo-code for DXpedition auto-sequencing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8035 | k1jt | 2017-08-25 17:59:58 +0100 (Fri, 25 Aug 2017) | 4 lines
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for
subsequent regenerations.
This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until
changed back.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8036 | k1jt | 2017-08-26 17:30:47 +0100 (Sat, 26 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Use a baseline-fitting procedure to improve S/N estimates for FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8037 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 13:26:37 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix the 'Start=0 ==> S/N = -24 dB' problem.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8038 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 14:11:56 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Change magic 36 back to 37; does this break something else?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8039 | k1jt | 2017-08-28 15:32:14 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the behavior of FT8 in "NA VHF Contest mode".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8040 | k9an | 2017-08-28 22:09:44 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a potential array bounds issue in osd174.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8043 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:37 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Update AD1C cty.dat database to 14th Aug 2017 big CTY.DAT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8044 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:51 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Basic fix of auto sequencing with free text 73 messages, more to come
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8045 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:46:32 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Ensure that auto Tx is disabled when stop Tx on 73 isn't enabled and
DX call is cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8046 | k1jt | 2017-08-29 15:01:55 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Update text in User Guide related to *NA VHF Contest Mode*.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8047 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 03:27:57 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing
73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather
than being processed.
Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++
code in the logbook directory.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8048 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 14:20:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make 73 and RR73 matching of incoming messages for exact while words
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8049 | k1jt | 2017-08-30 18:06:49 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-31 00:41:52 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_QSOProgress != CALLING)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
auto_tx_mode (false);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->dxCallEntry->clear ();
|
|
|
|
|
ui->dxGridEntry->clear ();
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_lastCallsign.clear ();
|
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
m_rptSent.clear ();
|
|
|
|
|
m_rptRcvd.clear ();
|
|
|
|
|
m_qsoStart.clear ();
|
|
|
|
|
m_qsoStop.clear ();
|
|
|
|
|
genStdMsgs (QString {});
|
2015-06-18 22:18:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if (1 == ui->tabWidget->currentIndex())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx6->text());
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx=7;
|
2017-05-12 20:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_gen_message_is_cq = true;
|
2015-06-18 22:18:05 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx=6;
|
|
|
|
|
ui->txrb6->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = CALLING;
|
2015-06-18 22:18:05 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::lookup() //lookup()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
QString hisCall {ui->dxCallEntry->text()};
|
|
|
|
|
if (!hisCall.size ()) return;
|
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
|
|
|
QFile f {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("CALL3.TXT")};
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (f.open (QIODevice::ReadOnly | QIODevice::Text))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
char c[132];
|
|
|
|
|
qint64 n=0;
|
|
|
|
|
for(int i=0; i<999999; i++) {
|
|
|
|
|
n=f.readLine(c,sizeof(c));
|
|
|
|
|
if(n <= 0) {
|
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->dxGridEntry->clear ();
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
QString t=QString(c);
|
|
|
|
|
if(t.indexOf(hisCall)==0) {
|
|
|
|
|
int i1=t.indexOf(",");
|
|
|
|
|
QString hisgrid=t.mid(i1+1,6);
|
|
|
|
|
i1=hisgrid.indexOf(",");
|
|
|
|
|
if(i1>0) {
|
|
|
|
|
hisgrid=hisgrid.mid(0,4);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
hisgrid=hisgrid.mid(0,4) + hisgrid.mid(4,2).toLower();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
ui->dxGridEntry->setText(hisgrid);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
f.close();
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_lookupButton_clicked() //Lookup button
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
lookup();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_addButton_clicked() //Add button
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!ui->dxGridEntry->text ().size ()) {
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Add to CALL3.TXT")
|
|
|
|
|
, tr ("Please enter a valid grid locator"));
|
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
m_call3Modified=false;
|
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
QString hisCall=ui->dxCallEntry->text();
|
|
|
|
|
QString hisgrid=ui->dxGridEntry->text();
|
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
|
|
|
QString newEntry=hisCall + "," + hisgrid;
|
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
// int ret = MessageBox::query_message(this, tr ("Add to CALL3.TXT"),
|
|
|
|
|
// tr ("Is %1 known to be active on EME?").arg (newEntry));
|
|
|
|
|
// if(ret==MessageBox::Yes) {
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
// newEntry += ",EME,,";
|
|
|
|
|
// } else {
|
|
|
|
|
newEntry += ",,,";
|
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
|
|
|
QFile f1 {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("CALL3.TXT")};
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!f1.open(QIODevice::ReadWrite | QIODevice::Text)) {
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Add to CALL3.TXT")
|
|
|
|
|
, tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for read/write: %2")
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (f1.fileName ()).arg (f1.errorString ()));
|
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2013-03-19 13:18:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if(f1.size()==0) {
|
|
|
|
|
QTextStream out(&f1);
|
|
|
|
|
out << "ZZZZZZ" << endl;
|
|
|
|
|
f1.close();
|
|
|
|
|
f1.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly | QIODevice::Text);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
|
|
|
QFile f2 {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("CALL3.TMP")};
|
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!f2.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text)) {
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Add to CALL3.TXT")
|
|
|
|
|
, tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for writing: %2")
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (f2.fileName ()).arg (f2.errorString ()));
|
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2014-11-25 14:39:15 +00:00
|
|
|
QTextStream in(&f1); //Read from CALL3.TXT
|
|
|
|
|
QTextStream out(&f2); //Copy into CALL3.TMP
|
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
|
|
|
QString hc=hisCall;
|
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
|
|
|
QString hc1="";
|
2014-11-25 14:39:15 +00:00
|
|
|
QString hc2="000000";
|
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
|
|
|
QString s;
|
|
|
|
|
do {
|
|
|
|
|
s=in.readLine();
|
|
|
|
|
hc1=hc2;
|
|
|
|
|
if(s.mid(0,2)=="//") {
|
2017-02-28 19:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
out << s + QChar::LineFeed; //Copy all comment lines
|
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
int i1=s.indexOf(",");
|
|
|
|
|
hc2=s.mid(0,i1);
|
|
|
|
|
if(hc>hc1 && hc<hc2) {
|
2017-02-28 19:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
out << newEntry + QChar::LineFeed;
|
|
|
|
|
out << s + QChar::LineFeed;
|
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
|
|
|
m_call3Modified=true;
|
|
|
|
|
} else if(hc==hc2) {
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
QString t {tr ("%1\nis already in CALL3.TXT"
|
|
|
|
|
", do you wish to replace it?").arg (s)};
|
|
|
|
|
int ret = MessageBox::query_message (this, tr ("Add to CALL3.TXT"), t);
|
|
|
|
|
if(ret==MessageBox::Yes) {
|
2017-02-28 19:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
out << newEntry + QChar::LineFeed;
|
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
|
|
|
m_call3Modified=true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2017-02-28 19:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
if(s!="") out << s + QChar::LineFeed;
|
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} while(!s.isNull());
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
f1.close();
|
2017-02-28 19:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
if(hc>hc1 && !m_call3Modified) out << newEntry + QChar::LineFeed;
|
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_call3Modified) {
|
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
|
|
|
QFile f0 {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("CALL3.OLD")};
|
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if(f0.exists()) f0.remove();
|
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
|
|
|
QFile f1 {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("CALL3.TXT")};
|
|
|
|
|
f1.rename(m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("CALL3.OLD"));
|
|
|
|
|
f2.rename(m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("CALL3.TXT"));
|
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
|
|
|
f2.close();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-11-16 16:42:28 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::msgtype(QString t, QLineEdit* tx) //msgtype()
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
char message[29];
|
|
|
|
|
char msgsent[29];
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
int itone0[NUM_ISCAT_SYMBOLS]; //Dummy array, data not used
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
int len1=22;
|
|
|
|
|
QByteArray s=t.toUpper().toLocal8Bit();
|
|
|
|
|
ba2msg(s,message);
|
2014-10-19 00:56:41 +00:00
|
|
|
int ichk=1,itype=0;
|
2016-10-30 21:38:52 +00:00
|
|
|
gen65_(message,&ichk,msgsent,itone0,&itype,len1,len1);
|
2012-11-24 17:03:54 +00:00
|
|
|
msgsent[22]=0;
|
|
|
|
|
bool text=false;
|
2017-01-02 14:22:29 +00:00
|
|
|
bool shortMsg=false;
|
2014-10-19 00:56:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if(itype==6) text=true;
|
2016-12-17 21:18:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if(itype==7 and m_config.enable_VHF_features() and
|
2017-01-02 14:22:29 +00:00
|
|
|
m_mode=="JT65") shortMsg=true;
|
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="MSK144" and t.mid(0,1)=="<") text=false;
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if((m_mode=="MSK144" or m_mode=="FT8") and ui->cbVHFcontest->isChecked()) {
|
2016-12-17 21:18:47 +00:00
|
|
|
int i0=t.trimmed().length()-7;
|
|
|
|
|
if(t.mid(i0,3)==" R ") text=false;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
QPalette p(tx->palette());
|
2012-11-24 17:03:54 +00:00
|
|
|
if(text) {
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
p.setColor(QPalette::Base,"#ffccff");
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2017-01-02 14:22:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if(shortMsg) {
|
2016-03-24 15:44:48 +00:00
|
|
|
p.setColor(QPalette::Base,"#66ffff");
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
p.setColor(QPalette::Base,Qt::white);
|
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="MSK144" and t.mid(0,1)=="<") {
|
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
|
|
|
p.setColor(QPalette::Base,"#00ffff");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-03-24 15:44:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
tx->setPalette(p);
|
2014-05-22 11:09:21 +00:00
|
|
|
auto pos = tx->cursorPosition ();
|
2016-11-05 19:41:03 +00:00
|
|
|
tx->setText(t.toUpper());
|
2014-05-22 11:09:21 +00:00
|
|
|
tx->setCursorPosition (pos);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_tx1_editingFinished() //tx1 edited
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QString t=ui->tx1->text();
|
|
|
|
|
msgtype(t, ui->tx1);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_tx2_editingFinished() //tx2 edited
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QString t=ui->tx2->text();
|
|
|
|
|
msgtype(t, ui->tx2);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_tx3_editingFinished() //tx3 edited
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QString t=ui->tx3->text();
|
|
|
|
|
msgtype(t, ui->tx3);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_tx4_editingFinished() //tx4 edited
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QString t=ui->tx4->text();
|
|
|
|
|
msgtype(t, ui->tx4);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_tx5_currentTextChanged (QString const& text) //tx5 edited
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
msgtype(text, ui->tx5->lineEdit ());
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_tx6_editingFinished() //tx6 edited
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8016 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:22:54 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Remove call to jtmsg.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8017 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:52:52 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Bring a simulation tool up to date.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8022 | k9an | 2017-08-13 02:35:13 +0100 (Sun, 13 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Improve efficiency of OSD by a factor of 5 to 10 for norder=2 and
3. Use norder=2 for wideband multi-decoding, norder=3 near nfqso and
nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8026 | k9an | 2017-08-14 16:00:48 +0100 (Mon, 14 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make default MSK144 amplitude polynomial flat.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8029 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 14:07:27 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Edit the advice displayed by F5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8030 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 23:34:26 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8031 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:14:51 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Improvements to the OSD to allow deeper wideband decoding.
2. Add a third decoding pass.
3. Change symbol metric from max-log to max-amplitude.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8032 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:17:23 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Delete unused array.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8033 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:21:59 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
More cleanup.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8034 | k1jt | 2017-08-24 14:38:47 +0100 (Thu, 24 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Possible pseudo-code for DXpedition auto-sequencing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8035 | k1jt | 2017-08-25 17:59:58 +0100 (Fri, 25 Aug 2017) | 4 lines
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for
subsequent regenerations.
This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until
changed back.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8036 | k1jt | 2017-08-26 17:30:47 +0100 (Sat, 26 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Use a baseline-fitting procedure to improve S/N estimates for FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8037 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 13:26:37 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix the 'Start=0 ==> S/N = -24 dB' problem.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8038 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 14:11:56 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Change magic 36 back to 37; does this break something else?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8039 | k1jt | 2017-08-28 15:32:14 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the behavior of FT8 in "NA VHF Contest mode".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8040 | k9an | 2017-08-28 22:09:44 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a potential array bounds issue in osd174.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8043 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:37 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Update AD1C cty.dat database to 14th Aug 2017 big CTY.DAT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8044 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:51 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Basic fix of auto sequencing with free text 73 messages, more to come
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8045 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:46:32 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Ensure that auto Tx is disabled when stop Tx on 73 isn't enabled and
DX call is cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8046 | k1jt | 2017-08-29 15:01:55 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Update text in User Guide related to *NA VHF Contest Mode*.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8047 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 03:27:57 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing
73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather
than being processed.
Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++
code in the logbook directory.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8048 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 14:20:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make 73 and RR73 matching of incoming messages for exact while words
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8049 | k1jt | 2017-08-30 18:06:49 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-31 00:41:52 +00:00
|
|
|
QString t=ui->tx6->text().toUpper();
|
|
|
|
|
QString t1=t.split(" ").at(1);
|
|
|
|
|
m_CQtype="CQ";
|
|
|
|
|
if(t1.size()==2) m_CQtype="CQ " + t1;
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
msgtype(t, ui->tx6);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_dxCallEntry_textChanged (QString const& call)
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
m_hisCall = call;
|
2013-03-18 13:24:50 +00:00
|
|
|
statusChanged();
|
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
|
|
|
statusUpdate ();
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-11-07 13:47:09 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_dxCallEntry_returnPressed ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
on_lookupButton_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_dxGridEntry_textChanged (QString const& grid)
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ui->dxGridEntry->hasAcceptableInput ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (grid != m_hisGrid) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_hisGrid = grid;
|
|
|
|
|
statusUpdate ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-10-13 18:02:44 +00:00
|
|
|
qint64 nsec = (QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch()/1000) % 86400;
|
2013-03-23 15:41:31 +00:00
|
|
|
double utch=nsec/3600.0;
|
|
|
|
|
int nAz,nEl,nDmiles,nDkm,nHotAz,nHotABetter;
|
2016-06-11 23:53:18 +00:00
|
|
|
azdist_(const_cast <char *> ((m_config.my_grid () + " ").left (6).toLatin1().constData()),
|
|
|
|
|
const_cast <char *> ((m_hisGrid + " ").left (6).toLatin1().constData()),&utch,
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
&nAz,&nEl,&nDmiles,&nDkm,&nHotAz,&nHotABetter,6,6);
|
2013-03-23 15:41:31 +00:00
|
|
|
QString t;
|
2016-10-13 18:02:44 +00:00
|
|
|
int nd=nDkm;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_config.miles()) nd=nDmiles;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="MSK144") {
|
|
|
|
|
if(nHotABetter==0)t.sprintf("Az: %d B: %d El: %d %d",nAz,nHotAz,nEl,nd);
|
|
|
|
|
if(nHotABetter!=0)t.sprintf("Az: %d A: %d El: %d %d",nAz,nHotAz,nEl,nd);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
t.sprintf("Az: %d %d",nAz,nd);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_config.miles()) t += " mi";
|
|
|
|
|
if(!m_config.miles()) t += " km";
|
2016-07-11 23:35:24 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->labAz->setText (t);
|
2016-10-13 18:02:44 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_hisGrid.size ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_hisGrid.clear ();
|
|
|
|
|
ui->labAz->clear ();
|
|
|
|
|
statusUpdate ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_genStdMsgsPushButton_clicked() //genStdMsgs button
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
|
|
|
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_logQSOButton_clicked() //Log QSO button
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!m_hisCall.size ()) return;
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
// m_dateTimeQSOOn should really already be set but we'll ensure it gets set to something just in case
|
2017-07-09 20:45:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!m_dateTimeQSOOn.isValid ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_dateTimeQSOOn = QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
auto dateTimeQSOOff = QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc();
|
|
|
|
|
if (dateTimeQSOOff < m_dateTimeQSOOn) dateTimeQSOOff = m_dateTimeQSOOn;
|
2015-06-04 17:53:38 +00:00
|
|
|
m_logDlg->initLogQSO (m_hisCall, m_hisGrid, m_modeTx, m_rptSent, m_rptRcvd,
|
2017-07-09 20:45:53 +00:00
|
|
|
m_dateTimeQSOOn, dateTimeQSOOff, m_freqNominal + ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value(),
|
2015-06-04 17:53:38 +00:00
|
|
|
m_config.my_callsign(), m_config.my_grid(), m_noSuffix,
|
|
|
|
|
m_config.log_as_RTTY(), m_config.report_in_comments());
|
2013-04-28 13:35:01 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::acceptQSO2(QDateTime const& QSO_date_off, QString const& call, QString const& grid
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
, Frequency dial_freq, QString const& mode
|
|
|
|
|
, QString const& rpt_sent, QString const& rpt_received
|
|
|
|
|
, QString const& tx_power, QString const& comments
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
, QString const& name, QDateTime const& QSO_date_on)
|
2013-04-28 13:35:01 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
QString date = QSO_date_on.toString("yyyyMMdd");
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
m_logBook.addAsWorked (m_hisCall, m_config.bands ()->find (m_freqNominal), m_modeTx, date);
|
2013-09-06 05:00:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
m_messageClient->qso_logged (QSO_date_off, call, grid, dial_freq, mode, rpt_sent, rpt_received, tx_power, comments, name, QSO_date_on);
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_config.clear_DX ())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2015-06-18 22:18:05 +00:00
|
|
|
clearDX ();
|
2013-05-29 13:41:57 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2017-07-09 20:45:53 +00:00
|
|
|
m_dateTimeQSOOn = QDateTime {};
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-09-24 19:11:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
int MainWindow::nWidgets(QString t)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-12-30 21:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_ASSERT(t.length()==N_WIDGETS);
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
int n=0;
|
2016-12-30 21:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
for(int i=0; i<N_WIDGETS; i++) {
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
n=n + n + t.mid(i,1).toInt();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return n;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::displayWidgets(int n)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-12-30 21:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
int j=1<<(N_WIDGETS-1);
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
bool b;
|
2016-12-30 21:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
for(int i=0; i<N_WIDGETS; i++) {
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
b=(n&j) != 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if(i==0) ui->txFirstCheckBox->setVisible(b);
|
|
|
|
|
if(i==1) ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setVisible(b);
|
2016-10-21 15:32:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if(i==2) ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setVisible(b);
|
|
|
|
|
if(i==3) ui->sbFtol->setVisible(b);
|
|
|
|
|
if(i==4) ui->rptSpinBox->setVisible(b);
|
|
|
|
|
if(i==5) ui->sbTR->setVisible(b);
|
2016-10-30 23:52:25 +00:00
|
|
|
if(i==6) {
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->sbCQTxFreq->setVisible(b);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbCQTx->setVisible(b);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbCQTx->setEnabled(b);
|
2016-10-30 23:52:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-10-21 15:32:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if(i==7) ui->cbShMsgs->setVisible(b);
|
|
|
|
|
if(i==8) ui->cbFast9->setVisible(b);
|
|
|
|
|
if(i==9) ui->cbAutoSeq->setVisible(b);
|
|
|
|
|
if(i==10) ui->cbTx6->setVisible(b);
|
|
|
|
|
if(i==11) ui->pbTxMode->setVisible(b);
|
|
|
|
|
if(i==12) ui->pbR2T->setVisible(b);
|
|
|
|
|
if(i==13) ui->pbT2R->setVisible(b);
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if(i==14) ui->cbHoldTxFreq->setVisible(b);
|
|
|
|
|
if(i==14 and (!b)) ui->cbHoldTxFreq->setChecked(false);
|
2016-10-21 15:32:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if(i==15) ui->sbSubmode->setVisible(b);
|
|
|
|
|
if(i==16) ui->syncSpinBox->setVisible(b);
|
|
|
|
|
if(i==17) ui->WSPR_controls_widget->setVisible(b);
|
|
|
|
|
if(i==18) ui->ClrAvgButton->setVisible(b);
|
|
|
|
|
if(i==19) ui->actionQuickDecode->setEnabled(b);
|
|
|
|
|
if(i==19) ui->actionMediumDecode->setEnabled(b);
|
|
|
|
|
if(i==19) ui->actionDeepestDecode->setEnabled(b);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if(i==20) ui->actionInclude_averaging->setVisible (b);
|
|
|
|
|
if(i==21) ui->actionInclude_correlation->setVisible (b);
|
2016-10-21 15:32:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if(i==22) {
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!b && m_echoGraph->isVisible()) m_echoGraph->hide();
|
2016-10-21 15:32:05 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-12-30 21:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if(i==23) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbSWL->setVisible(b);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
j=j>>1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->cbFirst->setVisible ("FT8" == m_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionEnable_AP->setVisible ("FT8" == m_mode);
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->cbVHFcontest->setVisible(m_mode=="FT8" or m_mode=="MSK144");
|
2017-10-14 18:24:19 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->measure_check_box->setChecked (false);
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->measure_check_box->setVisible ("FreqCal" == m_mode);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_lastCallsign.clear (); // ensures Tx5 is updated for new modes
|
|
|
|
|
genStdMsgs (m_rpt, true);
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionFT8_triggered()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-07-07 23:53:11 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2017-07-06 13:59:31 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_config.my_callsign()!="K1JT" and m_config.my_callsign()!="K9AN" and
|
|
|
|
|
m_config.my_callsign()!="G4WJS" and m_config.my_callsign()!="G3PQA") {
|
|
|
|
|
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("FT8 warning"),
|
|
|
|
|
"FT8 mode temporarily disabled.");
|
|
|
|
|
on_actionJT9_JT65_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-07-07 23:53:11 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
|
|
|
m_mode="FT8";
|
2017-06-27 13:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
bool bVHF=false;
|
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bFast9=false;
|
|
|
|
|
m_bFastMode=false;
|
|
|
|
|
WSPR_config(false);
|
|
|
|
|
switch_mode (Modes::FT8);
|
|
|
|
|
m_modeTx="FT8";
|
|
|
|
|
m_nsps=6912;
|
|
|
|
|
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2;
|
|
|
|
|
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
|
2017-07-06 16:12:32 +00:00
|
|
|
m_hsymStop=50;
|
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
|
|
|
setup_status_bar (bVHF);
|
|
|
|
|
m_toneSpacing=0.0; //???
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionFT8->setChecked(true); //???
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
|
|
|
|
|
VHF_features_enabled(bVHF);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbAutoSeq->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
m_TRperiod=15;
|
|
|
|
|
m_fastGraph->hide();
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->show();
|
2017-07-10 00:01:20 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText( " UTC dB DT Freq Message");
|
|
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setText(" UTC dB DT Freq Message");
|
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
|
|
|
|
|
m_modulator->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
|
|
|
|
|
m_detector->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
|
|
|
|
|
ui->label_6->setText("Band Activity");
|
|
|
|
|
ui->label_7->setText("Rx Frequency");
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
displayWidgets(nWidgets("111010000100111000010000"));
|
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
|
|
|
statusChanged();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionJT4_triggered()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_mode="JT4";
|
|
|
|
|
bool bVHF=m_config.enable_VHF_features();
|
|
|
|
|
WSPR_config(false);
|
|
|
|
|
switch_mode (Modes::JT4);
|
|
|
|
|
m_modeTx="JT4";
|
|
|
|
|
m_TRperiod=60;
|
|
|
|
|
m_modulator->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
|
|
|
|
|
m_detector->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
|
|
|
|
|
m_nsps=6912; //For symspec only
|
|
|
|
|
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2;
|
|
|
|
|
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
|
|
|
|
|
m_hsymStop=176;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=184;
|
|
|
|
|
m_toneSpacing=0.0;
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionJT4->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
VHF_features_enabled(true);
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
|
|
|
|
|
m_bFastMode=false;
|
|
|
|
|
m_bFast9=false;
|
|
|
|
|
setup_status_bar (bVHF);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->sbSubmode->setMaximum(6);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->label_6->setText("Single-Period Decodes");
|
|
|
|
|
ui->label_7->setText("Average Decodes");
|
2017-05-20 19:41:38 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText("UTC dB DT Freq Message");
|
|
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setText("UTC dB DT Freq Message");
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if(bVHF) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->sbSubmode->setValue(m_nSubMode);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->sbSubmode->setValue(0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if(bVHF) {
|
|
|
|
|
displayWidgets(nWidgets("111110010010111110110000"));
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
displayWidgets(nWidgets("111010000000111000111100"));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
fast_config(false);
|
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
|
|
|
statusChanged();
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionJT9_triggered()
|
2012-09-24 19:11:31 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
m_mode="JT9";
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
bool bVHF=m_config.enable_VHF_features();
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bFast9=ui->cbFast9->isChecked();
|
|
|
|
|
m_bFastMode=m_bFast9;
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
WSPR_config(false);
|
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
switch_mode (Modes::JT9);
|
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_modeTx!="JT9") on_pbTxMode_clicked();
|
2012-09-28 23:59:50 +00:00
|
|
|
m_nsps=6912;
|
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
|
|
|
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2;
|
|
|
|
|
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
|
2013-03-23 18:24:27 +00:00
|
|
|
m_hsymStop=173;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=179;
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
setup_status_bar (bVHF);
|
2014-03-05 18:20:40 +00:00
|
|
|
m_toneSpacing=0.0;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionJT9->setChecked(true);
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
VHF_features_enabled(bVHF);
|
2017-06-09 11:56:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_nSubMode>=4 and bVHF) {
|
2016-10-21 15:32:05 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->cbFast9->setEnabled(true);
|
2016-10-12 16:33:18 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2016-10-21 15:32:05 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->cbFast9->setEnabled(false);
|
2016-10-12 16:33:18 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->cbFast9->setChecked(false);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->sbSubmode->setMaximum(7);
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_bFast9) {
|
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
|
|
|
m_TRperiod = ui->sbTR->value ();
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->hide();
|
|
|
|
|
m_fastGraph->show();
|
|
|
|
|
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(700);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue(700);
|
2016-05-17 19:35:38 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText("UTC dB T Freq Message");
|
|
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setText("UTC dB T Freq Message");
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2016-11-28 19:34:52 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->cbAutoSeq->setChecked(false);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_TRperiod=60;
|
2016-05-05 18:53:00 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText("UTC dB DT Freq Message");
|
|
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setText("UTC dB DT Freq Message");
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
|
|
|
|
|
m_modulator->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
|
|
|
|
|
m_detector->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->label_6->setText("Band Activity");
|
|
|
|
|
ui->label_7->setText("Rx Frequency");
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if(bVHF) {
|
|
|
|
|
displayWidgets(nWidgets("111110101000111110010000"));
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
displayWidgets(nWidgets("111010000000111000010000"));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
fast_config(m_bFastMode);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbAutoSeq->setVisible(m_bFast9);
|
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
|
|
|
statusChanged();
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionJT9_JT65_triggered()
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
m_mode="JT9+JT65";
|
2016-09-17 15:32:01 +00:00
|
|
|
WSPR_config(false);
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
switch_mode (Modes::JT65);
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_modeTx != "JT65") {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->pbTxMode->setText("Tx JT9 @");
|
|
|
|
|
m_modeTx="JT9";
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
m_nSubMode=0; //Dual-mode always means JT9 and JT65A
|
|
|
|
|
m_TRperiod=60;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_modulator->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
|
|
|
|
|
m_detector->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
m_nsps=6912;
|
|
|
|
|
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2;
|
|
|
|
|
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
|
|
|
|
|
m_hsymStop=174;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=183;
|
|
|
|
|
m_toneSpacing=0.0;
|
|
|
|
|
setup_status_bar (false);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionJT9_JT65->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
VHF_features_enabled(false);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
|
2016-07-01 15:41:03 +00:00
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bFastMode=false;
|
|
|
|
|
m_bFast9=false;
|
|
|
|
|
ui->sbSubmode->setValue(0);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->label_6->setText("Band Activity");
|
|
|
|
|
ui->label_7->setText("Rx Frequency");
|
2017-05-20 19:41:38 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText("UTC dB DT Freq Message");
|
|
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setText("UTC dB DT Freq Message");
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
displayWidgets(nWidgets("111010000001111000010000"));
|
|
|
|
|
fast_config(false);
|
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
|
|
|
statusChanged();
|
2016-06-08 21:20:58 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionJT65_triggered()
|
2012-09-24 19:11:31 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="JT4" or m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
|
2015-06-03 20:21:34 +00:00
|
|
|
// If coming from JT4 or WSPR mode, pretend temporarily that we're coming
|
|
|
|
|
// from JT9 and click the pbTxMode button
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
m_modeTx="JT9";
|
|
|
|
|
on_pbTxMode_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-04-14 13:22:05 +00:00
|
|
|
on_actionJT9_triggered();
|
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
m_mode="JT65";
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
bool bVHF=m_config.enable_VHF_features();
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
WSPR_config(false);
|
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
switch_mode (Modes::JT65);
|
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_modeTx!="JT65") on_pbTxMode_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
m_TRperiod=60;
|
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_modulator->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
|
|
|
|
|
m_detector->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
|
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
m_nsps=6912; //For symspec only
|
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
|
|
|
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2;
|
|
|
|
|
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
|
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_hsymStop=174;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=183;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
m_toneSpacing=0.0;
|
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionJT65->setChecked(true);
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
VHF_features_enabled(true);
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
setup_status_bar (bVHF);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bFastMode=false;
|
|
|
|
|
m_bFast9=false;
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->sbSubmode->setMaximum(2);
|
|
|
|
|
if(bVHF) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->sbSubmode->setValue(m_nSubMode);
|
2016-03-20 19:32:08 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->label_6->setText("Single-Period Decodes");
|
|
|
|
|
ui->label_7->setText("Average Decodes");
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2016-10-24 20:48:24 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->sbSubmode->setValue(0);
|
2016-03-20 19:32:08 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->label_6->setText("Band Activity");
|
|
|
|
|
ui->label_7->setText("Rx Frequency");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if(bVHF) {
|
|
|
|
|
displayWidgets(nWidgets("111110010000111110110000"));
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
displayWidgets(nWidgets("111010000000111000011100"));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
fast_config(false);
|
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
|
|
|
statusChanged();
|
2012-09-24 19:11:31 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionQRA64_triggered()
|
2012-09-24 19:11:31 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
int n=m_nSubMode;
|
|
|
|
|
on_actionJT65_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
m_nSubMode=n;
|
|
|
|
|
m_mode="QRA64";
|
|
|
|
|
m_modeTx="QRA64";
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionQRA64->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
switch_mode (Modes::QRA64);
|
|
|
|
|
setup_status_bar (true);
|
|
|
|
|
m_hsymStop=180;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=188;
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->sbSubmode->setMaximum(4);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->sbSubmode->setValue(m_nSubMode);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionInclude_averaging->setVisible (false);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionInclude_correlation->setVisible (false);
|
2017-02-10 16:38:19 +00:00
|
|
|
QString fname {QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("red.dat"))};
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setRedFile(fname);
|
2016-11-08 20:11:02 +00:00
|
|
|
QFile f(m_appDir + "/old_qra_sync");
|
|
|
|
|
if(f.exists() and !m_bQRAsyncWarned) {
|
|
|
|
|
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("*** WARNING *** "),
|
|
|
|
|
"Using old QRA64 sync pattern.");
|
|
|
|
|
m_bQRAsyncWarned=true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
displayWidgets(nWidgets("111110010110111110000000"));
|
|
|
|
|
statusChanged();
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionISCAT_triggered()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_mode="ISCAT";
|
|
|
|
|
m_modeTx="ISCAT";
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionISCAT->setChecked(true);
|
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
|
|
|
m_TRperiod = ui->sbTR->value ();
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
m_modulator->setPeriod(m_TRperiod);
|
|
|
|
|
m_detector->setPeriod(m_TRperiod);
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
|
|
|
|
|
m_nsps=6912; //For symspec only
|
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
|
|
|
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2;
|
|
|
|
|
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
m_hsymStop=103;
|
|
|
|
|
m_toneSpacing=11025.0/256.0;
|
|
|
|
|
WSPR_config(false);
|
|
|
|
|
switch_mode(Modes::ISCAT);
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
statusChanged();
|
|
|
|
|
if(!m_fastGraph->isVisible()) m_fastGraph->show();
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_wideGraph->isVisible()) m_wideGraph->hide();
|
|
|
|
|
setup_status_bar (true);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbShMsgs->setChecked(false);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->label_7->setText("");
|
2016-10-21 16:29:09 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->setVisible(false);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setVisible(false);
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText(
|
2016-11-03 14:05:05 +00:00
|
|
|
" UTC Sync dB DT DF F1 M N C T ");
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->tabWidget->setCurrentIndex(0);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->sbSubmode->setMaximum(1);
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_nSubMode==0) ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(1012);
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_nSubMode==1) ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(560);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
displayWidgets(nWidgets("100111000000000110000000"));
|
|
|
|
|
fast_config(true);
|
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
|
|
|
statusChanged ();
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionMSK144_triggered()
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-07-16 21:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
m_mode="MSK144";
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
m_modeTx="MSK144";
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionMSK144->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
switch_mode (Modes::MSK144);
|
|
|
|
|
m_nsps=6;
|
|
|
|
|
m_FFTSize = 7 * 512;
|
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
setup_status_bar (true);
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
m_toneSpacing=0.0;
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
WSPR_config(false);
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
VHF_features_enabled(true);
|
2017-06-20 02:48:30 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bFastMode=true;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bFast9=false;
|
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
|
|
|
m_TRperiod = ui->sbTR->value ();
|
2017-06-20 02:48:30 +00:00
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->hide();
|
|
|
|
|
m_fastGraph->show();
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(1500);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue(1500);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setMinimum(1400);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setMaximum(1600);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setSingleStep(10);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText("UTC dB T Freq Message");
|
|
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setText("UTC dB T Freq Message");
|
|
|
|
|
m_modulator->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
|
|
|
|
|
m_detector->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->label_6->setText("Band Activity");
|
2016-10-28 15:33:56 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->label_7->setText("Tx Messages");
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionMSK144->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->rptSpinBox->setMinimum(-8);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->rptSpinBox->setMaximum(24);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->rptSpinBox->setValue(0);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->rptSpinBox->setSingleStep(1);
|
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->sbFtol->values ({20, 50, 100, 200});
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
displayWidgets(nWidgets("101111110100000000010001"));
|
|
|
|
|
// displayWidgets(nWidgets("101111111100000000010001"));
|
|
|
|
|
fast_config(m_bFastMode);
|
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
|
|
|
statusChanged();
|
2012-09-24 19:11:31 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-09-25 20:26:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-10-20 15:43:03 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionWSPR_triggered()
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-10-14 14:15:34 +00:00
|
|
|
m_mode="WSPR";
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
WSPR_config(true);
|
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
switch_mode (Modes::WSPR);
|
2017-07-08 18:44:42 +00:00
|
|
|
m_modeTx="WSPR";
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
m_TRperiod=120;
|
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_modulator->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
|
|
|
|
|
m_detector->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
m_nsps=6912; //For symspec only
|
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
|
|
|
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2;
|
|
|
|
|
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
m_hsymStop=396;
|
|
|
|
|
m_toneSpacing=12000.0/8192.0;
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
setup_status_bar (false);
|
2016-10-20 15:43:03 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionWSPR->setChecked(true);
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
VHF_features_enabled(false);
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bFastMode=false;
|
|
|
|
|
m_bFast9=false;
|
2015-08-10 14:18:57 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(ui->WSPRfreqSpinBox->value());
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
displayWidgets(nWidgets("000000000000000001010000"));
|
|
|
|
|
fast_config(false);
|
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
|
|
|
statusChanged();
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-04-28 16:49:09 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionWSPR_LF_triggered()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
on_actionWSPR_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
m_mode="WSPR-LF";
|
|
|
|
|
switch_mode (Modes::WSPR);
|
|
|
|
|
m_modeTx="WSPR-LF";
|
2017-05-17 13:13:11 +00:00
|
|
|
m_TRperiod=240;
|
2017-04-28 16:49:09 +00:00
|
|
|
m_modulator->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
|
|
|
|
|
m_detector->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
|
2017-05-18 20:02:32 +00:00
|
|
|
m_hsymStop=813;
|
2017-05-17 13:13:11 +00:00
|
|
|
m_toneSpacing=12000.0/24576.0;
|
2017-04-28 16:49:09 +00:00
|
|
|
setup_status_bar (false);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionWSPR_LF->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
|
|
|
|
|
statusChanged();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionEcho_triggered()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2015-06-11 15:32:55 +00:00
|
|
|
on_actionJT4_triggered();
|
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
m_mode="Echo";
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionEcho->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
m_TRperiod=3;
|
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_modulator->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
|
|
|
|
|
m_detector->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
|
2016-10-12 16:33:18 +00:00
|
|
|
m_nsps=6912; //For symspec only
|
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
|
|
|
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2;
|
|
|
|
|
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
|
2015-06-08 14:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
m_hsymStop=10;
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
m_toneSpacing=1.0;
|
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
switch_mode(Modes::Echo);
|
2015-06-04 17:16:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_modeTx="Echo";
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
setup_status_bar (true);
|
2015-06-09 14:42:53 +00:00
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(1500);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setEnabled (false);
|
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!m_echoGraph->isVisible()) m_echoGraph->show();
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!ui->actionAstronomical_data->isChecked ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionAstronomical_data->setChecked (true);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bFastMode=false;
|
|
|
|
|
m_bFast9=false;
|
2016-10-12 16:33:18 +00:00
|
|
|
WSPR_config(true);
|
2015-06-09 19:04:21 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText(" UTC N Level Sig DF Width Q");
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
displayWidgets(nWidgets("000000000000000000000010"));
|
|
|
|
|
fast_config(false);
|
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
|
|
|
statusChanged();
|
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-01-03 21:37:38 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionFreqCal_triggered()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-01-04 19:07:35 +00:00
|
|
|
on_actionJT9_triggered();
|
2017-01-03 21:37:38 +00:00
|
|
|
m_mode="FreqCal";
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionFreqCal->setChecked(true);
|
2017-01-04 19:07:35 +00:00
|
|
|
switch_mode(Modes::FreqCal);
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
|
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
|
|
|
m_TRperiod = ui->sbTR->value ();
|
2017-01-03 21:37:38 +00:00
|
|
|
m_modulator->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
|
|
|
|
|
m_detector->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
|
|
|
|
|
m_nsps=6912; //For symspec only
|
|
|
|
|
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2;
|
|
|
|
|
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
|
2017-01-12 18:21:58 +00:00
|
|
|
m_hsymStop=((int(m_TRperiod/0.288))/8)*8;
|
2017-01-09 13:50:02 +00:00
|
|
|
m_frequency_list_fcal_iter = m_config.frequencies ()->begin ();
|
2017-01-05 18:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue(1500);
|
2017-01-03 21:37:38 +00:00
|
|
|
setup_status_bar (true);
|
2017-01-05 18:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// 18:15:47 0 1 1500 1550.349 0.100 3.5 10.2
|
|
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText(" UTC Freq CAL Offset fMeas DF Level S/N");
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->measure_check_box->setChecked (false);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
displayWidgets(nWidgets("001101000000000000000000"));
|
|
|
|
|
statusChanged();
|
2017-01-03 21:37:38 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::switch_mode (Mode mode)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-10-21 18:07:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_fastGraph->setMode(m_mode);
|
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
|
|
|
m_config.frequencies ()->filter (m_config.region (), mode);
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
auto const& row = m_config.frequencies ()->best_working_frequency (m_freqNominal);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if (row >= 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->bandComboBox->setCurrentIndex (row);
|
|
|
|
|
on_bandComboBox_activated (row);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-07-13 20:05:56 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->rptSpinBox->setSingleStep(1);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->rptSpinBox->setMinimum(-50);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->rptSpinBox->setMaximum(49);
|
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->sbFtol->values ({10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1000});
|
2016-10-02 00:23:09 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="MSK144") {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setMinimum(1400);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setMaximum(1600);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setSingleStep(25);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setMinimum(200);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setMaximum(5000);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setSingleStep(1);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-11-03 14:05:05 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bVHFwarned=false;
|
2017-01-04 19:07:35 +00:00
|
|
|
bool b=m_mode=="FreqCal";
|
|
|
|
|
ui->tabWidget->setVisible(!b);
|
|
|
|
|
if(b) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->DX_controls_widget->setVisible(false);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->setVisible(false);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setVisible(false);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->label_6->setVisible(false);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->label_7->setVisible(false);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::WSPR_config(bool b)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-10-21 16:29:09 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->setVisible(!b);
|
2017-07-16 15:27:50 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setVisible(!b and ui->cbMenus->isChecked());
|
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->controls_stack_widget->setCurrentIndex (b && m_mode != "Echo" ? 1 : 0);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->QSO_controls_widget->setVisible (!b);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->DX_controls_widget->setVisible (!b);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->WSPR_controls_widget->setVisible (b);
|
2017-07-16 15:27:50 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->label_6->setVisible(!b and ui->cbMenus->isChecked());
|
|
|
|
|
ui->label_7->setVisible(!b and ui->cbMenus->isChecked());
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->logQSOButton->setVisible(!b);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->DecodeButton->setEnabled(!b);
|
2015-06-12 14:09:40 +00:00
|
|
|
if(b and (m_mode!="Echo")) {
|
2016-11-02 12:38:18 +00:00
|
|
|
QString t="UTC dB DT Freq Drift Call Grid dBm ";
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_config.miles()) t += " mi";
|
|
|
|
|
if(!m_config.miles()) t += " km";
|
|
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText(t);
|
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_config.is_transceiver_online ()) {
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_EMIT m_config.transceiver_tx_frequency (0); // turn off split
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-06-11 22:42:41 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bSimplex = true;
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2016-05-05 18:53:00 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText("UTC dB DT Freq Message");
|
2015-06-11 22:42:41 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bSimplex = false;
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-07-03 17:33:20 +00:00
|
|
|
enable_DXCC_entity (m_config.DXCC ()); // sets text window proportions and (re)inits the logbook
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::fast_config(bool b)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_bFastMode=b;
|
|
|
|
|
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setEnabled(!b);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->sbTR->setVisible(b);
|
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if(b and (m_bFast9 or m_mode=="MSK144" or m_mode=="ISCAT")) {
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->hide();
|
|
|
|
|
m_fastGraph->show();
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->show();
|
|
|
|
|
m_fastGraph->hide();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-10-05 19:14:45 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_TxFreqSpinBox_valueChanged(int n)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setTxFreq(n);
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
// if(m_holdTxFreq) ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue(n);
|
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode!="MSK144") {
|
2016-09-06 15:36:17 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_EMIT transmitFrequency (n - m_XIT);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
|
|
|
statusUpdate ();
|
2012-10-05 19:14:45 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-10-20 20:52:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_RxFreqSpinBox_valueChanged(int n)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setRxFreq(n);
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_mode == "FreqCal") {
|
|
|
|
|
setRig ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
statusUpdate ();
|
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionQuickDecode_toggled (bool checked)
|
2012-10-31 18:33:56 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ndepth ^= (-checked ^ m_ndepth) & 0x00000001;
|
2012-10-31 18:33:56 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionMediumDecode_toggled (bool checked)
|
2012-10-31 18:33:56 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ndepth ^= (-checked ^ m_ndepth) & 0x00000002;
|
2012-10-31 18:33:56 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionDeepestDecode_toggled (bool checked)
|
2012-10-31 18:33:56 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ndepth ^= (-checked ^ m_ndepth) & 0x00000003;
|
2012-10-31 18:33:56 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-11-01 19:54:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionInclude_averaging_toggled (bool checked)
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ndepth ^= (-checked ^ m_ndepth) & 0x00000010;
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionInclude_correlation_toggled (bool checked)
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ndepth ^= (-checked ^ m_ndepth) & 0x00000020;
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionEnable_AP_DXcall_toggled (bool checked)
|
2016-11-27 15:50:47 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ndepth ^= (-checked ^ m_ndepth) & 0x00000040;
|
2016-11-27 15:50:47 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-03-18 16:14:18 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionErase_ALL_TXT_triggered() //Erase ALL.TXT
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
int ret = MessageBox::query_message (this, tr ("Confirm Erase"),
|
|
|
|
|
tr ("Are you sure you want to erase file ALL.TXT?"));
|
|
|
|
|
if(ret==MessageBox::Yes) {
|
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
|
|
|
QFile f {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("ALL.TXT")};
|
2013-03-18 16:14:18 +00:00
|
|
|
f.remove();
|
2013-03-18 20:22:51 +00:00
|
|
|
m_RxLog=1;
|
2013-03-18 16:14:18 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionErase_wsjtx_log_adi_triggered()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
int ret = MessageBox::query_message (this, tr ("Confirm Erase"),
|
|
|
|
|
tr ("Are you sure you want to erase file wsjtx_log.adi?"));
|
|
|
|
|
if(ret==MessageBox::Yes) {
|
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
|
|
|
QFile f {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("wsjtx_log.adi")};
|
2013-03-18 16:14:18 +00:00
|
|
|
f.remove();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2013-03-18 22:47:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-10-04 11:47:03 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionOpen_log_directory_triggered ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
|
|
|
QDesktopServices::openUrl (QUrl::fromLocalFile (m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absolutePath ()));
|
2014-10-04 11:47:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_bandComboBox_currentIndexChanged (int index)
|
2013-03-23 18:24:27 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
auto const& frequencies = m_config.frequencies ();
|
2017-08-09 16:10:08 +00:00
|
|
|
auto const& source_index = frequencies->mapToSource (frequencies->index (index, FrequencyList_v2::frequency_column));
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
Frequency frequency {m_freqNominal};
|
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if (source_index.isValid ())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
frequency = frequencies->frequency_list ()[source_index.row ()].frequency_;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
// Lookup band
|
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
auto const& band = m_config.bands ()->find (frequency);
|
2015-05-31 11:51:31 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!band.isEmpty ())
|
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
ui->bandComboBox->lineEdit ()->setStyleSheet ({});
|
2015-05-31 11:51:31 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->bandComboBox->setCurrentText (band);
|
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
ui->bandComboBox->lineEdit ()->setStyleSheet ("QLineEdit {color: yellow; background-color : red;}");
|
2015-05-31 11:51:31 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->bandComboBox->setCurrentText (m_config.bands ()->oob ());
|
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
displayDialFrequency ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_bandComboBox_activated (int index)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
auto const& frequencies = m_config.frequencies ();
|
2017-08-09 16:10:08 +00:00
|
|
|
auto const& source_index = frequencies->mapToSource (frequencies->index (index, FrequencyList_v2::frequency_column));
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
Frequency frequency {m_freqNominal};
|
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if (source_index.isValid ())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
frequency = frequencies->frequency_list ()[source_index.row ()].frequency_;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bandEdited = true;
|
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
band_changed (frequency);
|
2015-05-31 11:51:31 +00:00
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setRxBand (m_config.bands ()->find (frequency));
|
2013-03-26 16:23:40 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-03 15:35:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::band_changed (Frequency f)
|
2013-04-03 15:35:11 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-11-13 20:28:53 +00:00
|
|
|
bool monitor_off=!m_monitoring;
|
2016-10-25 20:24:09 +00:00
|
|
|
// Set the attenuation value if options are checked
|
|
|
|
|
QString curBand = ui->bandComboBox->currentText();
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_config.pwrBandTxMemory() && !m_tune) {
|
2016-10-25 22:49:20 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_pwrBandTxMemory.contains(curBand)) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->outAttenuation->setValue(m_pwrBandTxMemory[curBand].toInt());
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
|
m_pwrBandTxMemory[curBand] = ui->outAttenuation->value();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-10-25 20:24:09 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_bandEdited) {
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) { // band hopping preserves auto Tx
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if (f + m_wideGraph->nStartFreq () > m_freqNominal + ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ()
|
|
|
|
|
|| f + m_wideGraph->nStartFreq () + m_wideGraph->fSpan () <=
|
|
|
|
|
m_freqNominal + ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ()) {
|
2016-04-11 20:53:54 +00:00
|
|
|
// qDebug () << "start f:" << m_wideGraph->nStartFreq () << "span:" << m_wideGraph->fSpan () << "DF:" << ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ();
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
// disable auto Tx if "blind" QSY outside of waterfall
|
|
|
|
|
ui->stopTxButton->click (); // halt any transmission
|
|
|
|
|
auto_tx_mode (false); // disable auto Tx
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_send_RR73 = false; // force user to reassess on new band
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-12-24 19:42:36 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
m_lastBand.clear ();
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bandEdited = false;
|
|
|
|
|
psk_Reporter->sendReport(); // Upload any queued spots before changing band
|
2016-10-20 13:16:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!m_transmitting) monitor (true);
|
2017-01-12 21:03:30 +00:00
|
|
|
if ("FreqCal" == m_mode)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_frequency_list_fcal_iter = m_config.frequencies ()->find (f);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
float r=m_freqNominal/(f+0.0001);
|
|
|
|
|
if(r<0.9 or r>1.1) m_bVHFwarned=false;
|
|
|
|
|
setRig (f);
|
|
|
|
|
setXIT (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ());
|
2016-11-13 20:28:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if(monitor_off) monitor(false);
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-03 15:35:11 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-03 16:44:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-11-03 14:05:05 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::vhfWarning()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("VHF features warning"),
|
|
|
|
|
"VHF/UHF/Microwave features is enabled on a lower frequency band.");
|
|
|
|
|
m_bVHFwarned=true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::enable_DXCC_entity (bool on)
|
2013-07-31 11:29:42 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if (on and !m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR") and m_mode!="Echo") {
|
2015-07-01 17:38:18 +00:00
|
|
|
m_logBook.init(); // re-read the log and cty.dat files
|
|
|
|
|
ui->gridLayout->setColumnStretch(0,55); // adjust proportions of text displays
|
|
|
|
|
ui->gridLayout->setColumnStretch(1,45);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->gridLayout->setColumnStretch(0,0);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->gridLayout->setColumnStretch(1,0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-07-03 17:33:20 +00:00
|
|
|
updateGeometry ();
|
2013-04-03 21:32:21 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_pbCallCQ_clicked()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx6->text());
|
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntx=7;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = CALLING;
|
2017-05-12 20:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_gen_message_is_cq = true;
|
2013-04-08 21:01:30 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
set_dateTimeQSO(-1);
|
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_pbAnswerCaller_clicked()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
|
2014-10-07 16:44:29 +00:00
|
|
|
QString t=ui->tx3->text();
|
|
|
|
|
int i0=t.indexOf(" R-");
|
|
|
|
|
if(i0<0) i0=t.indexOf(" R+");
|
|
|
|
|
t=t.mid(0,i0+1)+t.mid(i0+2,3);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->genMsg->setText(t);
|
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntx=7;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = REPORT;
|
2017-05-12 20:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
|
2013-04-08 21:01:30 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
set_dateTimeQSO(2);
|
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_pbSendRRR_clicked()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx4->text());
|
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntx=7;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = ROGERS;
|
2017-05-12 20:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
|
2013-04-08 21:01:30 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
|
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_pbAnswerCQ_clicked()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx1->text());
|
2014-10-07 17:43:30 +00:00
|
|
|
QString t=ui->tx2->text();
|
|
|
|
|
int i0=t.indexOf("/");
|
|
|
|
|
int i1=t.indexOf(" ");
|
|
|
|
|
if(i0>0 and i0<i1) ui->genMsg->setText(t);
|
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntx=7;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = REPLYING;
|
2017-05-12 20:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
|
2013-04-08 21:01:30 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
|
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_pbSendReport_clicked()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx3->text());
|
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntx=7;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = ROGER_REPORT;
|
2017-05-12 20:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
|
2013-04-08 21:01:30 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
set_dateTimeQSO(3);
|
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_pbSend73_clicked()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx5->currentText());
|
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntx=7;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = SIGNOFF;
|
2017-05-12 20:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_gen_message_is_cq = false;
|
2013-04-08 21:01:30 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
|
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-05-28 15:44:03 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_rbGenMsg_clicked(bool checked)
|
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-05-29 13:41:57 +00:00
|
|
|
m_freeText=!checked;
|
|
|
|
|
if(!m_freeText) {
|
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_ntx != 7 && m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
|
2013-05-29 13:41:57 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntx=7;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
// would like to set m_QSOProgress but what to? So leave alone and
|
|
|
|
|
// assume it is correct
|
2013-05-29 13:41:57 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-05-28 15:44:03 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_rbFreeText_clicked(bool checked)
|
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-05-29 13:41:57 +00:00
|
|
|
m_freeText=checked;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_freeText) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx=8;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
// would like to set m_QSOProgress but what to? So leave alone and
|
|
|
|
|
// assume it is correct. Perhaps should store old value to be
|
|
|
|
|
// restored above in on_rbGenMsg_clicked
|
2013-05-29 13:41:57 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_freeTextMsg_currentTextChanged (QString const& text)
|
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
msgtype(text, ui->freeTextMsg->lineEdit ());
|
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_rptSpinBox_valueChanged(int n)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-07-13 20:05:56 +00:00
|
|
|
int step=ui->rptSpinBox->singleStep();
|
|
|
|
|
if(n%step !=0) {
|
|
|
|
|
n++;
|
|
|
|
|
ui->rptSpinBox->setValue(n);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
|
|
|
m_rpt=QString::number(n);
|
2013-04-24 00:45:01 +00:00
|
|
|
int ntx0=m_ntx;
|
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
|
|
|
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
|
2013-04-24 00:45:01 +00:00
|
|
|
m_ntx=ntx0;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_ntx==1) ui->txrb1->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_ntx==2) ui->txrb2->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_ntx==3) ui->txrb3->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_ntx==4) ui->txrb4->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_ntx==5) ui->txrb5->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_ntx==6) ui->txrb6->setChecked(true);
|
2013-05-08 15:23:02 +00:00
|
|
|
statusChanged();
|
2013-04-24 00:45:01 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-11 16:51:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_tuneButton_clicked (bool checked)
|
2013-04-11 16:51:57 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-10-25 20:24:09 +00:00
|
|
|
static bool lastChecked = false;
|
|
|
|
|
if (lastChecked == checked) return;
|
|
|
|
|
lastChecked = checked;
|
|
|
|
|
QString curBand = ui->bandComboBox->currentText();
|
|
|
|
|
if (checked && m_tune==false) { // we're starting tuning so remember Tx and change pwr to Tune value
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_config.pwrBandTuneMemory ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_pwrBandTxMemory[curBand] = ui->outAttenuation->value(); // remember our Tx pwr
|
|
|
|
|
m_PwrBandSetOK = false;
|
2016-10-25 21:15:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_pwrBandTuneMemory.contains(curBand)) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->outAttenuation->setValue(m_pwrBandTuneMemory[curBand].toInt()); // set to Tune pwr
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-10-25 20:24:09 +00:00
|
|
|
m_PwrBandSetOK = true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else { // we're turning off so remember our Tune pwr setting and reset to Tx pwr
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_config.pwrBandTuneMemory() || m_config.pwrBandTxMemory()) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_pwrBandTuneMemory[curBand] = ui->outAttenuation->value(); // remember our Tune pwr
|
|
|
|
|
m_PwrBandSetOK = false;
|
|
|
|
|
ui->outAttenuation->setValue(m_pwrBandTxMemory[curBand].toInt()); // set to Tx pwr
|
|
|
|
|
m_PwrBandSetOK = true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_tune) {
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
tuneButtonTimer.start(250);
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
m_sentFirst73=false;
|
|
|
|
|
itone[0]=0;
|
|
|
|
|
on_monitorButton_clicked (true);
|
2015-06-11 13:52:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_tune=true;
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_EMIT tune (checked);
|
2013-04-11 16:51:57 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-12 17:57:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-11 22:50:44 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::stop_tuning ()
|
2013-04-14 14:11:20 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
on_tuneButton_clicked(false);
|
2014-04-11 22:50:44 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->tuneButton->setChecked (false);
|
2015-06-11 13:52:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bTxTime=false;
|
|
|
|
|
m_tune=false;
|
2013-04-14 14:11:20 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-17 15:53:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::stopTuneATU()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
on_tuneButton_clicked(false);
|
|
|
|
|
m_bTxTime=false;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-17 15:53:43 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_stopTxButton_clicked() //Stop Tx
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_tune) stop_tuning ();
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_auto and !m_tuneup) auto_tx_mode (false);
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
m_btxok=false;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bCallingCQ = false;
|
|
|
|
|
m_bAutoReply = false; // ready for next
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbFirst->setStyleSheet ("");
|
2013-04-23 00:52:51 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-24 15:00:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::rigOpen ()
|
2013-04-24 15:00:30 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
|
|
|
update_dynamic_property (ui->readFreq, "state", "warning");
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->readFreq->setText ("");
|
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->readFreq->setEnabled (true);
|
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
|
|
|
m_config.transceiver_online ();
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_EMIT m_config.sync_transceiver (true, true);
|
2013-04-24 15:00:30 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-24 16:05:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_pbR2T_clicked()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value ());
|
2013-04-24 16:05:04 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_pbT2R_clicked()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ui->RxFreqSpinBox->isEnabled ())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ());
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-24 16:05:04 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-04-29 23:53:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-05-04 00:12:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_readFreq_clicked()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_transmitting) return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_config.transceiver_online ())
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_EMIT m_config.sync_transceiver (true, true);
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-05-04 00:12:27 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-05-07 16:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_pbTxMode_clicked()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_modeTx=="JT9") {
|
|
|
|
|
m_modeTx="JT65";
|
2013-07-08 19:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->pbTxMode->setText("Tx JT65 #");
|
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
m_modeTx="JT9";
|
2013-07-08 19:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->pbTxMode->setText("Tx JT9 @");
|
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
|
2013-07-08 23:08:25 +00:00
|
|
|
statusChanged();
|
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::setXIT(int n, Frequency base)
|
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_transmitting && !m_config.tx_QSY_allowed ()) return;
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
// If "CQ nnn ..." feature is active, set the proper Tx frequency
|
2016-11-28 16:20:57 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_config.split_mode () && ui->cbCQTx->isEnabled () && ui->cbCQTx->isVisible () &&
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbCQTx->isChecked())
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-05-12 20:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
if (6 == m_ntx || (7 == m_ntx && m_gen_message_is_cq))
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
// All conditions are met, use calling frequency
|
|
|
|
|
base = m_freqNominal / 1000000 * 1000000 + 1000 * ui->sbCQTxFreq->value () + m_XIT;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!base) base = m_freqNominal;
|
2013-08-01 00:49:58 +00:00
|
|
|
m_XIT = 0;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!m_bSimplex) {
|
|
|
|
|
// m_bSimplex is false, so we can use split mode if requested
|
2016-04-11 23:29:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_config.split_mode () && !m_config.enable_VHF_features ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
// Don't use XIT for VHF & up
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_XIT=(n/500)*500 - 1500;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((m_monitoring || m_transmitting)
|
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
|
|
|
&& m_config.is_transceiver_online ()
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
&& m_config.split_mode ())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
// All conditions are met, reset the transceiver Tx dial
|
|
|
|
|
// frequency
|
|
|
|
|
m_freqTxNominal = base + m_XIT;
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_astroWidget) m_astroWidget->nominal_frequency (m_freqNominal, m_freqTxNominal);
|
|
|
|
|
Q_EMIT m_config.transceiver_tx_frequency (m_freqTxNominal + m_astroCorrection.tx);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
//Now set the audio Tx freq
|
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_EMIT transmitFrequency (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value () - m_XIT);
|
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::setFreq4(int rxFreq, int txFreq)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ui->RxFreqSpinBox->isEnabled ()) ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue(rxFreq);
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
|
2015-06-05 13:42:45 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->WSPRfreqSpinBox->setValue(txFreq);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
if (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->isEnabled ()) {
|
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(txFreq);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-04-11 23:29:29 +00:00
|
|
|
else if (m_config.enable_VHF_features ()
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
&& (Qt::ControlModifier & QApplication::keyboardModifiers ())) {
|
2016-04-11 23:29:29 +00:00
|
|
|
// for VHF & up we adjust Tx dial frequency to equalize Tx to Rx
|
|
|
|
|
// when user CTRL+clicks on waterfall
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
auto temp = ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ();
|
|
|
|
|
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue (temp);
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
setRig (m_freqNominal + txFreq - temp);
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
setXIT (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ());
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-06-05 13:42:45 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-05-28 19:34:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_cbHoldTxFreq_clicked(bool checked)
|
2013-05-28 19:34:18 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_holdTxFreq=checked;
|
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::handle_transceiver_update (Transceiver::TransceiverState const& s)
|
2013-07-11 20:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
// qDebug () << "MainWindow::handle_transceiver_update:" << s;
|
|
|
|
|
Transceiver::TransceiverState old_state {m_rigState};
|
|
|
|
|
//transmitDisplay (s.ptt ());
|
2017-07-01 00:19:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if (s.ptt () && !m_rigState.ptt ()) // safe to start audio
|
|
|
|
|
// (caveat - DX Lab Suite Commander)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_tx_when_ready && g_iptt) // waiting to Tx and still needed
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
ptt1Timer.start(1000 * m_config.txDelay ()); //Start-of-transmission sequencer delay
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
m_tx_when_ready = false;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
m_rigState = s;
|
2017-07-16 14:38:24 +00:00
|
|
|
auto old_freqNominal = m_freqNominal;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!old_freqNominal)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
// always take initial rig frequency to avoid start up problems
|
|
|
|
|
// with bogus Tx frequencies
|
|
|
|
|
m_freqNominal = s.frequency ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if (old_state.online () == false && s.online () == true)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
// initializing
|
|
|
|
|
on_monitorButton_clicked (!m_config.monitor_off_at_startup ());
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (s.frequency () != old_state.frequency () || s.split () != m_splitMode)
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_splitMode = s.split ();
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!s.ptt ())
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_freqNominal = s.frequency () - m_astroCorrection.rx;
|
|
|
|
|
if (old_freqNominal != m_freqNominal)
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_freqTxNominal = m_freqNominal;
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
genCQMsg ();
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_monitoring)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_lastMonitoredFrequency = m_freqNominal;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_lastDialFreq != m_freqNominal &&
|
|
|
|
|
(m_mode != "MSK144"
|
|
|
|
|
|| !(ui->cbCQTx->isEnabled () && ui->cbCQTx->isVisible () && ui->cbCQTx->isChecked()))) {
|
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
|
|
|
m_lastDialFreq = m_freqNominal;
|
|
|
|
|
m_secBandChanged=QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch()/1000;
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if(s.frequency () < 30000000u && !m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
|
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
|
|
|
// Write freq changes to ALL.TXT only below 30 MHz.
|
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
|
|
|
QFile f2 {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("ALL.TXT")};
|
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
|
|
|
if (f2.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append)) {
|
|
|
|
|
QTextStream out(&f2);
|
2016-11-14 15:29:38 +00:00
|
|
|
out << QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().toString("yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm")
|
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
|
|
|
<< " " << qSetRealNumberPrecision (12) << (m_freqNominal / 1.e6) << " MHz "
|
|
|
|
|
<< m_mode << endl;
|
|
|
|
|
f2.close();
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("File Error")
|
|
|
|
|
,tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for append: %2")
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (f2.fileName ()).arg (f2.errorString ()));
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_config.spot_to_psk_reporter ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
pskSetLocal ();
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
|
|
|
statusChanged();
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setDialFreq(m_freqNominal / 1.e6);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
m_freqTxNominal = s.split () ? s.tx_frequency () - m_astroCorrection.tx : s.frequency ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_astroWidget) m_astroWidget->nominal_frequency (m_freqNominal, m_freqTxNominal);
|
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
// ensure frequency display is correct
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_astroWidget && old_state.ptt () != s.ptt ()) setRig ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
displayDialFrequency ();
|
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
|
|
|
update_dynamic_property (ui->readFreq, "state", "ok");
|
|
|
|
|
ui->readFreq->setEnabled (false);
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->readFreq->setText (s.split () ? "S" : "");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::handle_transceiver_failure (QString const& reason)
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
|
|
|
update_dynamic_property (ui->readFreq, "state", "error");
|
|
|
|
|
ui->readFreq->setEnabled (true);
|
2014-12-06 20:23:29 +00:00
|
|
|
on_stopTxButton_clicked ();
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
rigFailure (reason);
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::rigFailure (QString const& reason)
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_first_error)
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2014-10-04 14:45:09 +00:00
|
|
|
// one automatic retry
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
QTimer::singleShot (0, this, SLOT (rigOpen ()));
|
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
|
|
|
m_first_error = false;
|
2014-10-04 14:45:09 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-08-12 16:12:52 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_splash && m_splash->isVisible ()) m_splash->hide ();
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_rigErrorMessageBox.setDetailedText (reason);
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-10-04 14:45:09 +00:00
|
|
|
// don't call slot functions directly to avoid recursion
|
2016-09-11 01:09:50 +00:00
|
|
|
m_rigErrorMessageBox.exec ();
|
|
|
|
|
auto const clicked_button = m_rigErrorMessageBox.clickedButton ();
|
|
|
|
|
if (clicked_button == m_configurations_button)
|
2014-10-04 14:45:09 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-09-11 01:09:50 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->menuConfig->exec (QCursor::pos ());
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
switch (m_rigErrorMessageBox.standardButton (clicked_button))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case MessageBox::Ok:
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_config.select_tab (1);
|
2016-09-11 01:09:50 +00:00
|
|
|
QTimer::singleShot (0, this, SLOT (on_actionSettings_triggered ()));
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2014-10-04 14:45:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-09-11 01:09:50 +00:00
|
|
|
case MessageBox::Retry:
|
|
|
|
|
QTimer::singleShot (0, this, SLOT (rigOpen ()));
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2014-10-04 14:45:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-09-11 01:09:50 +00:00
|
|
|
case MessageBox::Cancel:
|
|
|
|
|
QTimer::singleShot (0, this, SLOT (close ()));
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default: break; // squashing compile warnings
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2014-10-04 14:45:09 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
|
|
|
m_first_error = true; // reset
|
2013-07-23 17:32:59 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2013-08-05 13:57:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::transmit (double snr)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
double toneSpacing=0.0;
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_modeTx == "JT65") {
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_nSubMode==0) toneSpacing=11025.0/4096.0;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_nSubMode==1) toneSpacing=2*11025.0/4096.0;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_nSubMode==2) toneSpacing=4*11025.0/4096.0;
|
|
|
|
|
Q_EMIT sendMessage (NUM_JT65_SYMBOLS,
|
|
|
|
|
4096.0*12000.0/11025.0, ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value () - m_XIT,
|
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
toneSpacing, m_soundOutput, m_config.audio_output_channel (),
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
true, false, snr, m_TRperiod);
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-06-08 21:20:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-06-19 20:38:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_modeTx == "FT8") {
|
2017-07-06 16:27:22 +00:00
|
|
|
toneSpacing=12000.0/1920.0;
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_config.x2ToneSpacing()) toneSpacing=2*12000.0/1920.0;
|
2017-06-19 20:38:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_EMIT sendMessage (NUM_FT8_SYMBOLS,
|
2017-07-06 16:27:22 +00:00
|
|
|
1920.0, ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value () - m_XIT,
|
2017-06-19 20:38:03 +00:00
|
|
|
toneSpacing, m_soundOutput, m_config.audio_output_channel (),
|
|
|
|
|
true, false, snr, m_TRperiod);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-02 12:15:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_modeTx == "QRA64") {
|
2016-06-29 19:12:46 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_nSubMode==0) toneSpacing=12000.0/6912.0;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_nSubMode==1) toneSpacing=2*12000.0/6912.0;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_nSubMode==2) toneSpacing=4*12000.0/6912.0;
|
2016-07-23 13:22:34 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_nSubMode==3) toneSpacing=8*12000.0/6912.0;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_nSubMode==4) toneSpacing=16*12000.0/6912.0;
|
2016-07-02 12:15:41 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_EMIT sendMessage (NUM_QRA64_SYMBOLS,
|
2016-06-29 19:12:46 +00:00
|
|
|
6912.0, ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value () - m_XIT,
|
2016-06-08 21:20:58 +00:00
|
|
|
toneSpacing, m_soundOutput, m_config.audio_output_channel (),
|
|
|
|
|
true, false, snr, m_TRperiod);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_modeTx == "JT9") {
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
int nsub=pow(2,m_nSubMode);
|
|
|
|
|
int nsps[]={480,240,120,60};
|
|
|
|
|
double sps=m_nsps;
|
|
|
|
|
m_toneSpacing=nsub*12000.0/6912.0;
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_config.x2ToneSpacing()) m_toneSpacing=2.0*m_toneSpacing;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
bool fastmode=false;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_bFast9 and (m_nSubMode>=4)) {
|
|
|
|
|
fastmode=true;
|
|
|
|
|
sps=nsps[m_nSubMode-4];
|
|
|
|
|
m_toneSpacing=12000.0/sps;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Q_EMIT sendMessage (NUM_JT9_SYMBOLS, sps,
|
|
|
|
|
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value() - m_XIT, m_toneSpacing,
|
|
|
|
|
m_soundOutput, m_config.audio_output_channel (),
|
|
|
|
|
true, fastmode, snr, m_TRperiod);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_modeTx == "MSK144") {
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_nsps=6;
|
2017-06-07 19:58:25 +00:00
|
|
|
double f0=1000.0;
|
|
|
|
|
if(!m_bFastMode) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_nsps=192;
|
|
|
|
|
f0=ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value () - m_XIT - 0.5*m_toneSpacing;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-06-20 02:48:30 +00:00
|
|
|
m_toneSpacing=6000.0/m_nsps;
|
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
|
|
|
m_FFTSize = 7 * 512;
|
|
|
|
|
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
|
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
|
|
|
int nsym;
|
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
|
|
|
nsym=NUM_MSK144_SYMBOLS;
|
|
|
|
|
if(itone[40] < 0) nsym=40;
|
2016-01-15 21:53:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_EMIT sendMessage (nsym, double(m_nsps), f0, m_toneSpacing,
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_soundOutput, m_config.audio_output_channel (),
|
|
|
|
|
true, true, snr, m_TRperiod);
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_modeTx == "JT4") {
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_nSubMode==0) toneSpacing=4.375;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_nSubMode==1) toneSpacing=2*4.375;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_nSubMode==2) toneSpacing=4*4.375;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_nSubMode==3) toneSpacing=9*4.375;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_nSubMode==4) toneSpacing=18*4.375;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_nSubMode==5) toneSpacing=36*4.375;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_nSubMode==6) toneSpacing=72*4.375;
|
|
|
|
|
Q_EMIT sendMessage (NUM_JT4_SYMBOLS,
|
|
|
|
|
2520.0*12000.0/11025.0, ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value () - m_XIT,
|
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
toneSpacing, m_soundOutput, m_config.audio_output_channel (),
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
true, false, snr, m_TRperiod);
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2017-05-11 19:56:18 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_mode=="WSPR") {
|
2016-08-01 19:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
int nToneSpacing=1;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_config.x2ToneSpacing()) nToneSpacing=2;
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_EMIT sendMessage (NUM_WSPR_SYMBOLS, 8192.0,
|
2016-08-01 19:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value() - 1.5 * 12000 / 8192,
|
|
|
|
|
m_toneSpacing*nToneSpacing, m_soundOutput,
|
|
|
|
|
m_config.audio_output_channel(),true, false, snr,
|
2017-05-11 19:56:18 +00:00
|
|
|
m_TRperiod);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_mode=="WSPR-LF") {
|
2017-05-18 02:21:39 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_EMIT sendMessage (NUM_WSPR_LF_SYMBOLS, 24576.0,
|
2017-05-11 19:56:18 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value(),
|
|
|
|
|
m_toneSpacing, m_soundOutput,
|
|
|
|
|
m_config.audio_output_channel(),true, false, snr,
|
2016-08-01 19:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_TRperiod);
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="Echo") {
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
//??? should use "fastMode = true" here ???
|
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_EMIT sendMessage (27, 1024.0, 1500.0, 0.0, m_soundOutput,
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_config.audio_output_channel(),
|
|
|
|
|
false, false, snr, m_TRperiod);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="ISCAT") {
|
|
|
|
|
double sps,f0;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_nSubMode==0) {
|
|
|
|
|
sps=512.0*12000.0/11025.0;
|
|
|
|
|
toneSpacing=11025.0/512.0;
|
|
|
|
|
f0=47*toneSpacing;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
sps=256.0*12000.0/11025.0;
|
|
|
|
|
toneSpacing=11025.0/256.0;
|
|
|
|
|
f0=13*toneSpacing;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Q_EMIT sendMessage (NUM_ISCAT_SYMBOLS, sps, f0, toneSpacing, m_soundOutput,
|
|
|
|
|
m_config.audio_output_channel(),
|
|
|
|
|
true, true, snr, m_TRperiod);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// In auto-sequencing mode, stop after 5 transmissions of "73" message.
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_bFastMode || m_bFast9) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (ui->cbAutoSeq->isVisible () && ui->cbAutoSeq->isChecked ()) {
|
2016-10-17 17:58:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_ntx==5) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_nTx73 += 1;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
m_nTx73=0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_outAttenuation_valueChanged (int a)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2015-12-16 20:55:19 +00:00
|
|
|
QString tt_str;
|
|
|
|
|
qreal dBAttn {a / 10.}; // slider interpreted as dB / 100
|
2016-10-26 19:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_tune && m_config.pwrBandTuneMemory()) {
|
|
|
|
|
tt_str = tr ("Tune digital gain");
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
tt_str = tr ("Transmit digital gain");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-10-25 20:24:09 +00:00
|
|
|
tt_str += (a ? QString::number (-dBAttn, 'f', 1) : "0") + "dB";
|
2016-10-26 19:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!m_block_pwr_tooltip) {
|
|
|
|
|
QToolTip::showText (QCursor::pos (), tt_str, ui->outAttenuation);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-10-25 20:24:09 +00:00
|
|
|
QString curBand = ui->bandComboBox->currentText();
|
2016-10-26 19:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_PwrBandSetOK && !m_tune && m_config.pwrBandTxMemory ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_pwrBandTxMemory[curBand] = a; // remember our Tx pwr
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_PwrBandSetOK && m_tune && m_config.pwrBandTuneMemory()) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_pwrBandTuneMemory[curBand] = a; // remember our Tune pwr
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_EMIT outAttenuationChanged (dBAttn);
|
2013-07-23 17:32:59 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-01-27 21:28:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionShort_list_of_add_on_prefixes_and_suffixes_triggered()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-10-26 19:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!m_prefixes) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_prefixes.reset (new HelpTextWindow {tr ("Prefixes"), ":/prefixes.txt", {"Courier", 10}});
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2014-05-15 11:41:18 +00:00
|
|
|
m_prefixes->showNormal();
|
2015-06-11 17:01:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_prefixes->raise ();
|
2014-01-27 21:28:54 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-01-31 16:45:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-01-31 19:01:33 +00:00
|
|
|
bool MainWindow::shortList(QString callsign)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int n=callsign.length();
|
|
|
|
|
int i1=callsign.indexOf("/");
|
|
|
|
|
Q_ASSERT(i1>0 and i1<n);
|
|
|
|
|
QString t1=callsign.mid(0,i1);
|
|
|
|
|
QString t2=callsign.mid(i1+1,n-i1-1);
|
|
|
|
|
bool b=(m_pfx.contains(t1) or m_sfx.contains(t2));
|
2014-01-31 19:13:14 +00:00
|
|
|
return b;
|
2014-01-31 16:45:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::pskSetLocal ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
// find the station row, if any, that matches the band we are on
|
|
|
|
|
auto stations = m_config.stations ();
|
2015-05-31 11:51:40 +00:00
|
|
|
auto matches = stations->match (stations->index (0, StationList::band_column)
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
, Qt::DisplayRole
|
|
|
|
|
, ui->bandComboBox->currentText ()
|
|
|
|
|
, 1
|
|
|
|
|
, Qt::MatchExactly);
|
|
|
|
|
QString antenna_description;
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!matches.isEmpty ()) {
|
2015-05-31 11:51:40 +00:00
|
|
|
antenna_description = stations->index (matches.first ().row ()
|
|
|
|
|
, StationList::description_column).data ().toString ();
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2017-06-09 11:56:51 +00:00
|
|
|
// qDebug() << "To PSKreporter: local station details";
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
psk_Reporter->setLocalStation(m_config.my_callsign (), m_config.my_grid (),
|
|
|
|
|
antenna_description, QString {"WSJT-X v" + version() + " " +
|
|
|
|
|
m_revision}.simplified ());
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::transmitDisplay (bool transmitting)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (transmitting == m_transmitting) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (transmitting) {
|
2017-03-06 14:34:25 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->signal_meter_widget->setValue(0,0);
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_monitoring) monitor (false);
|
|
|
|
|
m_btxok=true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2014-09-24 17:25:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
auto QSY_allowed = !transmitting or m_config.tx_QSY_allowed () or
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
!m_config.split_mode ();
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ui->cbHoldTxFreq->isChecked ()) {
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setEnabled (QSY_allowed);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->pbT2R->setEnabled (QSY_allowed);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
|
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_config.enable_VHF_features ()) {
|
2016-07-23 14:59:25 +00:00
|
|
|
//### During tests, at least, allow use of Tx Freq spinner with VHF features enabled.
|
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
// used fixed 1000Hz Tx DF for VHF & up QSO modes
|
2016-07-23 14:59:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(1000);
|
|
|
|
|
// ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setEnabled (false);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setEnabled (true);
|
|
|
|
|
//###
|
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setEnabled (QSY_allowed and !m_bFastMode);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->pbR2T->setEnabled (QSY_allowed);
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->cbHoldTxFreq->setEnabled (QSY_allowed);
|
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
// the following are always disallowed in transmit
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->menuMode->setEnabled (!transmitting);
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
//ui->bandComboBox->setEnabled (!transmitting);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!transmitting) {
|
2016-06-08 21:20:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_mode == "JT9+JT65") {
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
// allow mode switch in Rx when in dual mode
|
|
|
|
|
ui->pbTxMode->setEnabled (true);
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->pbTxMode->setEnabled (false);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_sbFtol_valueChanged(int value)
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setTol (value);
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void::MainWindow::VHF_features_enabled(bool b)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-10-12 18:21:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode!="JT4" and m_mode!="JT65") b=false;
|
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
if(b and (ui->actionInclude_averaging->isChecked() or
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionInclude_correlation->isChecked())) {
|
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionDeepestDecode->setChecked (true);
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionInclude_averaging->setVisible (b);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->actionInclude_correlation->setVisible (b);
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionMessage_averaging->setEnabled(b);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->actionEnable_AP_DXcall->setVisible (m_mode=="QRA64");
|
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!b && m_msgAvgWidget) {
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_msgAvgWidget->isVisible()) m_msgAvgWidget->close();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_sbTR_valueChanged(int value)
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
// if(!m_bFastMode and n>m_nSubMode) m_MinW=m_nSubMode;
|
2017-01-12 18:21:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_bFastMode or m_mode=="FreqCal") {
|
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
|
|
|
m_TRperiod = value;
|
|
|
|
|
m_fastGraph->setTRperiod (value);
|
|
|
|
|
m_modulator->setPeriod (value); // TODO - not thread safe
|
|
|
|
|
m_detector->setPeriod (value); // TODO - not thread safe
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setPeriod (value, m_nsps);
|
|
|
|
|
progressBar.setMaximum (value);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_monitoring) {
|
|
|
|
|
on_stopButton_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
on_monitorButton_clicked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_transmitting) {
|
|
|
|
|
on_stopTxButton_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
|
|
|
QChar MainWindow::current_submode () const
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QChar submode {0};
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_mode.contains (QRegularExpression {R"(^(JT65|JT9|JT4|ISCAT|QRA64)$)"})
|
|
|
|
|
&& (m_config.enable_VHF_features () || "JT4" == m_mode || "ISCAT" == m_mode))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
submode = m_nSubMode + 65;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return submode;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_sbSubmode_valueChanged(int n)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_nSubMode=n;
|
|
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setSubMode(m_nSubMode);
|
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
|
|
|
auto submode = current_submode ();
|
2017-02-28 19:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
if (submode != QChar::Null)
|
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
mode_label.setText (m_mode + " " + submode);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
mode_label.setText (m_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="ISCAT") {
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_nSubMode==0) ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(1012);
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_nSubMode==1) ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(560);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="JT9") {
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_nSubMode<4) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbFast9->setChecked(false);
|
|
|
|
|
on_cbFast9_clicked(false);
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->cbFast9->setEnabled(false);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->sbTR->setVisible(false);
|
|
|
|
|
m_TRperiod=60;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->cbFast9->setEnabled(true);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
ui->sbTR->setVisible(m_bFast9);
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_bFast9) ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(700);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_transmitting and m_bFast9 and m_nSubMode>=4) transmit(99.0);
|
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
|
|
|
statusUpdate ();
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_cbFast9_clicked(bool b)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_mode=="JT9") {
|
|
|
|
|
m_bFast9=b;
|
2016-11-28 19:34:52 +00:00
|
|
|
// ui->cbAutoSeq->setVisible(b);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
on_actionJT9_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-09 11:56:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if(b) {
|
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
|
|
|
m_TRperiod = ui->sbTR->value ();
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
m_TRperiod=60;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
progressBar.setMaximum(m_TRperiod);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
|
|
|
|
|
fast_config(b);
|
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
|
|
|
statusChanged ();
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_cbShMsgs_toggled(bool b)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbTx6->setEnabled(b);
|
|
|
|
|
m_bShMsgs=b;
|
2017-01-06 19:01:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if(b) ui->cbSWL->setChecked(false);
|
2016-07-06 15:06:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_bShMsgs and (m_mode=="MSK144")) ui->rptSpinBox->setValue(1);
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
int itone0=itone[0];
|
|
|
|
|
int ntx=m_ntx;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_lastCallsign.clear (); // ensure Tx5 gets updated
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
|
|
|
|
|
itone[0]=itone0;
|
|
|
|
|
if(ntx==1) ui->txrb1->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if(ntx==2) ui->txrb2->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if(ntx==3) ui->txrb3->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if(ntx==4) ui->txrb4->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if(ntx==5) ui->txrb5->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
if(ntx==6) ui->txrb6->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-01-06 19:01:29 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_cbSWL_toggled(bool b)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if(b) ui->cbShMsgs->setChecked(false);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_cbTx6_toggled(bool)
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
genCQMsg ();
|
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Takes a decoded CQ line and sets it up for reply
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::replyToCQ (QTime time, qint32 snr, float delta_time, quint32 delta_frequency
|
|
|
|
|
, QString const& mode, QString const& message_text
|
|
|
|
|
, bool /*low_confidence*/, quint8 modifiers)
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (!m_config.accept_udp_requests ())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-28 15:53:50 +00:00
|
|
|
if (message_text.contains (QRegularExpression {R"(^(CQ |CQDX |QRZ ))"}))
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
// a message we are willing to accept
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
QString format_string {"%1 %2 %3 %4 %5 %6"};
|
2017-07-10 00:01:20 +00:00
|
|
|
auto const& time_string = time.toString ("~" == mode || "&" == mode ? "hhmmss" : "hhmm");
|
|
|
|
|
auto cqtext = format_string
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (time_string)
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (snr, 3)
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (delta_time, 4, 'f', 1)
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (delta_frequency, 4)
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
.arg (mode, -2)
|
2017-07-10 00:01:20 +00:00
|
|
|
.arg (message_text);
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
auto messages = ui->decodedTextBrowser->toPlainText ();
|
|
|
|
|
auto position = messages.lastIndexOf (cqtext);
|
2015-12-06 23:14:32 +00:00
|
|
|
if (position < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
// try again with with -0.0 delta time
|
2017-07-10 00:01:20 +00:00
|
|
|
position = messages.lastIndexOf (format_string
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (time_string)
|
2015-12-06 23:14:32 +00:00
|
|
|
.arg (snr, 3)
|
|
|
|
|
.arg ('-' + QString::number (delta_time, 'f', 1), 4)
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (delta_frequency, 4)
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
.arg (mode, -2)
|
2015-12-06 23:14:32 +00:00
|
|
|
.arg (message_text));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
if (position >= 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_config.udpWindowToFront ())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
show ();
|
|
|
|
|
raise ();
|
|
|
|
|
activateWindow ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_config.udpWindowRestore () && isMinimized ())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
showNormal ();
|
|
|
|
|
raise ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
// find the linefeed at the end of the line
|
2017-02-28 19:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
position = ui->decodedTextBrowser->toPlainText().indexOf(QChar::LineFeed,position);
|
2017-07-10 00:01:20 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bDoubleClicked = true;
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
auto start = messages.left (position).lastIndexOf (QChar::LineFeed) + 1;
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
DecodedText message {messages.mid (start, position - start), ("MSK144" == m_mode || "FT8" == m_mode) &&
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbVHFcontest->isChecked(), m_config.my_grid ()};
|
|
|
|
|
Qt::KeyboardModifiers kbmod {modifiers << 24};
|
|
|
|
|
processMessage (message, kbmod);
|
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
|
|
|
tx_watchdog (false);
|
2016-06-29 23:11:54 +00:00
|
|
|
QApplication::alert (this);
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
qDebug () << "reply to CQ request ignored, decode not found:" << cqtext;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
qDebug () << "rejecting UDP request to reply as decode is not a CQ or QRZ";
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::replayDecodes ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
// we accept this request even if the setting to accept UDP requests
|
|
|
|
|
// is not checked
|
2015-11-15 23:03:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// attempt to parse the decoded text
|
2017-02-28 19:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_FOREACH (auto const& message
|
|
|
|
|
, ui->decodedTextBrowser->toPlainText ().split (QChar::LineFeed,
|
|
|
|
|
QString::SkipEmptyParts))
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (message.size() >= 4 && message.left (4) != "----")
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2015-11-15 23:03:11 +00:00
|
|
|
auto const& parts = message.split (' ', QString::SkipEmptyParts);
|
|
|
|
|
if (parts.size () >= 5 && parts[3].contains ('.')) // WSPR
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2015-11-15 23:03:11 +00:00
|
|
|
postWSPRDecode (false, parts);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
auto eom_pos = message.indexOf (' ', 35);
|
|
|
|
|
// we always want at least the characters to position 35
|
|
|
|
|
if (eom_pos < 35)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
eom_pos = message.size () - 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
|
|
|
// TODO - how to skip ISCAT decodes
|
2015-11-15 23:03:11 +00:00
|
|
|
postDecode (false, message.left (eom_pos + 1));
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-04-19 22:21:45 +00:00
|
|
|
statusChanged ();
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::postDecode (bool is_new, QString const& message)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2015-11-15 23:03:11 +00:00
|
|
|
auto const& decode = message.trimmed ();
|
2016-05-17 19:35:38 +00:00
|
|
|
auto const& parts = decode.left (22).split (' ', QString::SkipEmptyParts);
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (parts.size () >= 5)
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-07-10 00:01:20 +00:00
|
|
|
auto has_seconds = parts[0].size () > 4;
|
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
|
|
|
m_messageClient->decode (is_new
|
2017-07-10 00:01:20 +00:00
|
|
|
, QTime::fromString (parts[0], has_seconds ? "hhmmss" : "hhmm")
|
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
|
|
|
, parts[1].toInt ()
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
, parts[2].toFloat (), parts[3].toUInt (), parts[4]
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
, decode.mid (has_seconds ? 24 : 22, 21)
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
, QChar {'?'} == decode.mid (has_seconds ? 24 + 21 : 22 + 21, 1)
|
|
|
|
|
, m_diskData);
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-15 23:03:11 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::postWSPRDecode (bool is_new, QStringList parts)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (parts.size () < 8)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
parts.insert (6, "");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
m_messageClient->WSPR_decode (is_new, QTime::fromString (parts[0], "hhmm"), parts[1].toInt ()
|
|
|
|
|
, parts[2].toFloat (), Radio::frequency (parts[3].toFloat (), 6)
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
, parts[4].toInt (), parts[5], parts[6], parts[7].toInt ()
|
|
|
|
|
, m_diskData);
|
2015-11-15 23:03:11 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::networkError (QString const& e)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-08-12 16:12:52 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_splash && m_splash->isVisible ()) m_splash->hide ();
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MessageBox::Retry == MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Network Error")
|
|
|
|
|
, tr ("Error: %1\nUDP server %2:%3")
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (e)
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (m_config.udp_server_name ())
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (m_config.udp_server_port ())
|
|
|
|
|
, QString {}
|
|
|
|
|
, MessageBox::Cancel | MessageBox::Retry
|
|
|
|
|
, MessageBox::Cancel))
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
// retry server lookup
|
|
|
|
|
m_messageClient->set_server (m_config.udp_server_name ());
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_syncSpinBox_valueChanged(int n)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_minSync=n;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::p1ReadFromStdout() //p1readFromStdout
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QString t1;
|
|
|
|
|
while(p1.canReadLine()) {
|
|
|
|
|
QString t(p1.readLine());
|
|
|
|
|
if(t.indexOf("<DecodeFinished>") >= 0) {
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bDecoded = m_nWSPRdecodes > 0;
|
2015-06-13 14:24:54 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!m_diskData) {
|
|
|
|
|
WSPR_history(m_dialFreqRxWSPR, m_nWSPRdecodes);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_nWSPRdecodes==0 and ui->band_hopping_group_box->isChecked()) {
|
2015-06-13 14:24:54 +00:00
|
|
|
t = " Receiving " + m_mode + " ----------------------- " +
|
|
|
|
|
m_config.bands ()->find (m_dialFreqRxWSPR);
|
|
|
|
|
t=WSPR_hhmm(-60) + ' ' + t.rightJustified (66, '-');
|
|
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextBrowser->appendText(t);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-10-17 13:28:30 +00:00
|
|
|
killFileTimer.start (45*1000); //Kill in 45s (for slow modes)
|
2015-06-13 14:24:54 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-06-12 17:29:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_nWSPRdecodes=0;
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->DecodeButton->setChecked (false);
|
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_uploadSpots
|
|
|
|
|
&& m_config.is_transceiver_online ()) { // need working rig control
|
2015-07-12 10:28:28 +00:00
|
|
|
float x=qrand()/((double)RAND_MAX + 1.0);
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
int msdelay=20000*x;
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
uploadTimer.start(msdelay); //Upload delay
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
|
|
|
QFile f(QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absolutePath()) + "/wspr_spots.txt");
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if(f.exists()) f.remove();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
m_RxLog=0;
|
|
|
|
|
m_startAnother=m_loopall;
|
|
|
|
|
m_blankLine=true;
|
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
|
|
|
m_decoderBusy = false;
|
|
|
|
|
statusUpdate ();
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int n=t.length();
|
|
|
|
|
t=t.mid(0,n-2) + " ";
|
|
|
|
|
t.remove(QRegExp("\\s+$"));
|
|
|
|
|
QStringList rxFields = t.split(QRegExp("\\s+"));
|
|
|
|
|
QString rxLine;
|
|
|
|
|
QString grid="";
|
|
|
|
|
if ( rxFields.count() == 8 ) {
|
|
|
|
|
rxLine = QString("%1 %2 %3 %4 %5 %6 %7 %8")
|
|
|
|
|
.arg(rxFields.at(0), 4)
|
|
|
|
|
.arg(rxFields.at(1), 4)
|
|
|
|
|
.arg(rxFields.at(2), 5)
|
|
|
|
|
.arg(rxFields.at(3), 11)
|
|
|
|
|
.arg(rxFields.at(4), 4)
|
2017-08-09 10:48:52 +00:00
|
|
|
.arg(rxFields.at(5).leftJustified (12))
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.arg(rxFields.at(6), -6)
|
|
|
|
|
.arg(rxFields.at(7), 3);
|
2015-11-15 23:03:11 +00:00
|
|
|
postWSPRDecode (true, rxFields);
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
grid = rxFields.at(6);
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( rxFields.count() == 7 ) { // Type 2 message
|
|
|
|
|
rxLine = QString("%1 %2 %3 %4 %5 %6 %7 %8")
|
|
|
|
|
.arg(rxFields.at(0), 4)
|
|
|
|
|
.arg(rxFields.at(1), 4)
|
|
|
|
|
.arg(rxFields.at(2), 5)
|
|
|
|
|
.arg(rxFields.at(3), 11)
|
|
|
|
|
.arg(rxFields.at(4), 4)
|
2017-08-09 10:48:52 +00:00
|
|
|
.arg(rxFields.at(5).leftJustified (12))
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.arg("", -6)
|
|
|
|
|
.arg(rxFields.at(6), 3);
|
2015-11-15 23:03:11 +00:00
|
|
|
postWSPRDecode (true, rxFields);
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
rxLine = t;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if(grid!="") {
|
|
|
|
|
double utch=0.0;
|
|
|
|
|
int nAz,nEl,nDmiles,nDkm,nHotAz,nHotABetter;
|
|
|
|
|
azdist_(const_cast <char *> (m_config.my_grid ().toLatin1().constData()),
|
|
|
|
|
const_cast <char *> (grid.toLatin1().constData()),&utch,
|
|
|
|
|
&nAz,&nEl,&nDmiles,&nDkm,&nHotAz,&nHotABetter,6,6);
|
|
|
|
|
QString t1;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_config.miles()) {
|
|
|
|
|
t1.sprintf("%7d",nDmiles);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
t1.sprintf("%7d",nDkm);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
rxLine += t1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_config.insert_blank () && m_blankLine) {
|
|
|
|
|
QString band;
|
|
|
|
|
Frequency f=1000000.0*rxFields.at(3).toDouble()+0.5;
|
2015-05-31 11:51:31 +00:00
|
|
|
band = ' ' + m_config.bands ()->find (f);
|
2015-06-09 14:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextBrowser->appendText(band.rightJustified (71, '-'));
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
m_blankLine = false;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-06-12 17:29:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_nWSPRdecodes += 1;
|
2015-06-09 14:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->decodedTextBrowser->appendText(rxLine);
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-06-13 14:24:54 +00:00
|
|
|
QString MainWindow::WSPR_hhmm(int n)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QDateTime t=QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().addSecs(n);
|
|
|
|
|
int m=t.toString("hhmm").toInt()/2;
|
|
|
|
|
QString t1;
|
|
|
|
|
t1.sprintf("%04d",2*m);
|
|
|
|
|
return t1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-06-12 21:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::WSPR_history(Frequency dialFreq, int ndecodes)
|
2015-06-12 17:29:12 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QDateTime t=QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().addSecs(-60);
|
|
|
|
|
QString t1=t.toString("yyMMdd");
|
2015-06-13 14:24:54 +00:00
|
|
|
QString t2=WSPR_hhmm(-60);
|
2015-06-12 17:29:12 +00:00
|
|
|
QString t3;
|
2015-06-12 21:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
t3.sprintf("%13.6f",0.000001*dialFreq);
|
2015-06-12 17:29:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if(ndecodes<0) {
|
|
|
|
|
t1=t1 + " " + t2 + t3 + " T";
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
QString t4;
|
|
|
|
|
t4.sprintf("%4d",ndecodes);
|
|
|
|
|
t1=t1 + " " + t2 + t3 + " R" + t4;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
|
|
|
QFile f {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("WSPR_history.txt")};
|
2015-06-12 17:29:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if (f.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append)) {
|
|
|
|
|
QTextStream out(&f);
|
|
|
|
|
out << t1 << endl;
|
|
|
|
|
f.close();
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("File Error")
|
|
|
|
|
, tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for append: %2")
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (f.fileName ()).arg (f.errorString ()));
|
2015-06-12 17:29:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::uploadSpots()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
|
|
|
// do not spot replays or if rig control not working
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_diskData || !m_config.is_transceiver_online ()) return;
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_uploading) {
|
|
|
|
|
qDebug() << "Previous upload has not completed, spots were lost";
|
2015-06-09 14:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
wsprNet->abortOutstandingRequests ();
|
|
|
|
|
m_uploading = false;
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
QString rfreq = QString("%1").arg(0.000001*(m_dialFreqRxWSPR + 1500), 0, 'f', 6);
|
|
|
|
|
QString tfreq = QString("%1").arg(0.000001*(m_dialFreqRxWSPR +
|
|
|
|
|
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value()), 0, 'f', 6);
|
|
|
|
|
wsprNet->upload(m_config.my_callsign(), m_config.my_grid(), rfreq, tfreq,
|
|
|
|
|
m_mode, QString::number(ui->autoButton->isChecked() ? m_pctx : 0),
|
|
|
|
|
QString::number(m_dBm), version(),
|
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
|
|
|
QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absolutePath()) + "/wspr_spots.txt");
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
m_uploading = true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::uploadResponse(QString response)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (response == "done") {
|
|
|
|
|
m_uploading=false;
|
2015-06-09 14:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2016-02-02 18:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if (response.startsWith ("Upload Failed")) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_uploading=false;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-06-09 14:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
qDebug () << "WSPRnet.org status:" << response;
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_TxPowerComboBox_currentIndexChanged(const QString &arg1)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int i1=arg1.indexOf(" ");
|
|
|
|
|
m_dBm=arg1.mid(0,i1).toInt();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_sbTxPercent_valueChanged(int n)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_pctx=n;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_pctx>0) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->pbTxNext->setEnabled(true);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
m_txNext=false;
|
|
|
|
|
ui->pbTxNext->setChecked(false);
|
2015-05-28 22:58:24 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->pbTxNext->setEnabled(false);
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_cbUploadWSPR_Spots_toggled(bool b)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_uploadSpots=b;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_uploadSpots) ui->cbUploadWSPR_Spots->setStyleSheet("");
|
|
|
|
|
if(!m_uploadSpots) ui->cbUploadWSPR_Spots->setStyleSheet(
|
|
|
|
|
"QCheckBox{background-color: yellow}");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_WSPRfreqSpinBox_valueChanged(int n)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(n);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_pbTxNext_clicked(bool b)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_txNext=b;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-06-06 13:40:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::WSPR_scheduling ()
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2015-07-07 19:02:25 +00:00
|
|
|
m_WSPR_tx_next = false;
|
2016-04-20 20:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_config.is_transceiver_online () // need working rig control for hopping
|
|
|
|
|
&& !m_config.is_dummy_rig ()
|
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
|
|
|
&& ui->band_hopping_group_box->isChecked ()) {
|
2015-07-11 22:49:56 +00:00
|
|
|
auto hop_data = m_WSPR_band_hopping.next_hop (m_auto);
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
qDebug () << "hop data: period:" << hop_data.period_name_
|
|
|
|
|
<< "frequencies index:" << hop_data.frequencies_index_
|
|
|
|
|
<< "tune:" << hop_data.tune_required_
|
|
|
|
|
<< "tx:" << hop_data.tx_next_;
|
2015-07-07 19:02:25 +00:00
|
|
|
m_WSPR_tx_next = hop_data.tx_next_;
|
2015-06-04 01:45:40 +00:00
|
|
|
if (hop_data.frequencies_index_ >= 0) { // new band
|
|
|
|
|
ui->bandComboBox->setCurrentIndex (hop_data.frequencies_index_);
|
|
|
|
|
on_bandComboBox_activated (hop_data.frequencies_index_);
|
|
|
|
|
m_cmnd.clear ();
|
|
|
|
|
QStringList prefixes {".bat", ".cmd", ".exe", ""};
|
|
|
|
|
for (auto const& prefix : prefixes)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
auto const& path = m_appDir + "/user_hardware" + prefix;
|
|
|
|
|
QFile f {path};
|
|
|
|
|
if (f.exists ()) {
|
2015-06-04 20:55:22 +00:00
|
|
|
m_cmnd = QDir::toNativeSeparators (f.fileName ()) + ' ' +
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
m_config.bands ()->find (m_freqNominal).remove ('m');
|
2015-06-04 01:45:40 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-05-31 11:51:40 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_cmnd!="") p3.start(m_cmnd); // Execute user's hardware controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Produce a short tuneup signal
|
|
|
|
|
m_tuneup = false;
|
2015-06-04 01:45:40 +00:00
|
|
|
if (hop_data.tune_required_) {
|
2015-06-06 13:28:20 +00:00
|
|
|
m_tuneup = true;
|
|
|
|
|
on_tuneButton_clicked (true);
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
tuneATU_Timer.start (2500);
|
2015-05-31 11:51:40 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-05-30 23:45:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-05-31 11:51:40 +00:00
|
|
|
// Display grayline status
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
band_hopping_label.setText (hop_data.period_name_);
|
2015-05-31 11:51:40 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-06-06 13:28:20 +00:00
|
|
|
else {
|
2017-05-18 01:52:30 +00:00
|
|
|
m_WSPR_tx_next = m_WSPR_band_hopping.next_is_tx ("WSPR-LF" == m_mode);
|
2015-06-06 13:28:20 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::astroUpdate ()
|
2015-06-12 00:26:44 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_astroWidget)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
// no Doppler correction while CTRL pressed allows manual tuning
|
|
|
|
|
if (Qt::ControlModifier & QApplication::queryKeyboardModifiers ()) return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
auto correction = m_astroWidget->astroUpdate(QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc (),
|
|
|
|
|
m_config.my_grid(), m_hisGrid,
|
|
|
|
|
m_freqNominal,
|
|
|
|
|
"Echo" == m_mode, m_transmitting,
|
|
|
|
|
!m_config.tx_QSY_allowed (), m_TRperiod);
|
|
|
|
|
// no Doppler correction in Tx if rig can't do it
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_transmitting && !m_config.tx_QSY_allowed ()) return;
|
|
|
|
|
if (!m_astroWidget->doppler_tracking ()) return;
|
|
|
|
|
if ((m_monitoring || m_transmitting)
|
|
|
|
|
// no Doppler correction below 6m
|
|
|
|
|
&& m_freqNominal >= 50000000
|
|
|
|
|
&& m_config.split_mode ())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
// adjust for rig resolution
|
2016-12-04 00:55:07 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_config.transceiver_resolution () > 2)
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
correction.rx = (correction.rx + 50) / 100 * 100;
|
|
|
|
|
correction.tx = (correction.tx + 50) / 100 * 100;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-12-04 00:55:07 +00:00
|
|
|
else if (m_config.transceiver_resolution () > 1)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
correction.rx = (correction.rx + 10) / 20 * 20;
|
|
|
|
|
correction.tx = (correction.tx + 10) / 20 * 20;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
else if (m_config.transceiver_resolution () > 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
correction.rx = (correction.rx + 5) / 10 * 10;
|
|
|
|
|
correction.tx = (correction.tx + 5) / 10 * 10;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-12-04 00:55:07 +00:00
|
|
|
else if (m_config.transceiver_resolution () < -2)
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
correction.rx = correction.rx / 100 * 100;
|
|
|
|
|
correction.tx = correction.tx / 100 * 100;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-12-04 00:55:07 +00:00
|
|
|
else if (m_config.transceiver_resolution () < -1)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
correction.rx = correction.rx / 20 * 20;
|
|
|
|
|
correction.tx = correction.tx / 20 * 20;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
else if (m_config.transceiver_resolution () < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
correction.rx = correction.rx / 10 * 10;
|
|
|
|
|
correction.tx = correction.tx / 10 * 10;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
m_astroCorrection = correction;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_astroCorrection = {};
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
setRig ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-06-12 00:26:44 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::setRig (Frequency f)
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (f)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_freqNominal = f;
|
|
|
|
|
genCQMsg ();
|
|
|
|
|
m_freqTxNominal = m_freqNominal;
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_astroWidget) m_astroWidget->nominal_frequency (m_freqNominal, m_freqTxNominal);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_mode == "FreqCal"
|
|
|
|
|
&& m_frequency_list_fcal_iter != m_config.frequencies ()->end ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_freqNominal = m_frequency_list_fcal_iter->frequency_ - ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_transmitting && !m_config.tx_QSY_allowed ()) return;
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((m_monitoring || m_transmitting) && m_config.transceiver_online ())
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_transmitting && m_config.split_mode ())
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
Q_EMIT m_config.transceiver_tx_frequency (m_freqTxNominal + m_astroCorrection.tx);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
Q_EMIT m_config.transceiver_frequency (m_freqNominal + m_astroCorrection.rx);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-06-12 00:26:44 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::fastPick(int x0, int x1, int y)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-09-16 14:18:40 +00:00
|
|
|
float pixPerSecond=12000.0/512.0;
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_TRperiod<30) pixPerSecond=12000.0/256.0;
|
2016-07-14 17:06:52 +00:00
|
|
|
if(m_mode!="ISCAT" and m_mode!="MSK144") return;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!m_decoderBusy) {
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dec_data.params.newdat=0;
|
|
|
|
|
dec_data.params.nagain=1;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
m_blankLine=false; // don't insert the separator again
|
|
|
|
|
m_nPick=1;
|
|
|
|
|
if(y > 120) m_nPick=2;
|
2016-09-16 14:18:40 +00:00
|
|
|
m_t0Pick=x0/pixPerSecond;
|
|
|
|
|
m_t1Pick=x1/pixPerSecond;
|
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
|
|
|
m_dataAvailable=true;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
decode();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-01-05 18:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionMeasure_reference_spectrum_triggered()
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-04-11 20:53:54 +00:00
|
|
|
if(!m_monitoring) on_monitorButton_clicked (true);
|
2016-04-08 15:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
m_bRefSpec=true;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-01-15 21:43:40 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionMeasure_phase_response_triggered()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if(m_bTrain) {
|
|
|
|
|
m_bTrain=false;
|
2017-01-15 22:13:59 +00:00
|
|
|
MessageBox::information_message (this, tr ("Phase Training Disabled"));
|
2017-01-15 21:43:40 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
m_bTrain=true;
|
2017-01-15 22:13:59 +00:00
|
|
|
MessageBox::information_message (this, tr ("Phase Training Enabled"));
|
2017-01-15 21:43:40 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-01-05 18:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_actionErase_reference_spectrum_triggered()
|
2016-12-24 20:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_bClearRefSpec=true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-01-12 18:21:58 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::freqCalStep()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_frequency_list_fcal_iter == m_config.frequencies ()->end ()
|
|
|
|
|
|| ++m_frequency_list_fcal_iter == m_config.frequencies ()->end ()) {
|
2017-01-12 18:21:58 +00:00
|
|
|
m_frequency_list_fcal_iter = m_config.frequencies ()->begin ();
|
2017-01-12 21:03:30 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-01-09 13:50:02 +00:00
|
|
|
// allow for empty list
|
2017-01-12 18:21:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m_frequency_list_fcal_iter != m_config.frequencies ()->end ()) {
|
|
|
|
|
setRig (m_frequency_list_fcal_iter->frequency_ - ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value ());
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-01-05 18:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_sbCQTxFreq_valueChanged(int)
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
setXIT (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ());
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_cbCQTx_toggled(bool b)
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
ui->sbCQTxFreq->setEnabled(b);
|
|
|
|
|
genCQMsg();
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if(b) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->txrb6->setChecked(true);
|
|
|
|
|
m_ntx=6;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress = CALLING;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
setRig ();
|
|
|
|
|
setXIT (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ());
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::statusUpdate () const
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!ui) return;
|
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
|
|
|
auto submode = current_submode ();
|
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
|
|
|
m_messageClient->status_update (m_freqNominal, m_mode, m_hisCall,
|
|
|
|
|
QString::number (ui->rptSpinBox->value ()),
|
|
|
|
|
m_modeTx, ui->autoButton->isChecked (),
|
|
|
|
|
m_transmitting, m_decoderBusy,
|
|
|
|
|
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value (), ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value (),
|
|
|
|
|
m_config.my_callsign (), m_config.my_grid (),
|
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
|
|
|
m_hisGrid, m_tx_watchdog,
|
2017-02-28 19:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
submode != QChar::Null ? QString {submode} : QString {}, m_bFastMode);
|
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::childEvent (QChildEvent * e)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (e->child ()->isWidgetType ())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
switch (e->type ())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case QEvent::ChildAdded: add_child_to_event_filter (e->child ()); break;
|
|
|
|
|
case QEvent::ChildRemoved: remove_child_from_event_filter (e->child ()); break;
|
|
|
|
|
default: break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
QMainWindow::childEvent (e);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// add widget and any child widgets to our event filter so that we can
|
|
|
|
|
// take action on key press ad mouse press events anywhere in the main window
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::add_child_to_event_filter (QObject * target)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (target && target->isWidgetType ())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
target->installEventFilter (this);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
auto const& children = target->children ();
|
|
|
|
|
for (auto iter = children.begin (); iter != children.end (); ++iter)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
add_child_to_event_filter (*iter);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// recursively remove widget and any child widgets from our event filter
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::remove_child_from_event_filter (QObject * target)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
auto const& children = target->children ();
|
|
|
|
|
for (auto iter = children.begin (); iter != children.end (); ++iter)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
remove_child_from_event_filter (*iter);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (target && target->isWidgetType ())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
target->removeEventFilter (this);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::tx_watchdog (bool triggered)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
auto prior = m_tx_watchdog;
|
|
|
|
|
m_tx_watchdog = triggered;
|
|
|
|
|
if (triggered)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_bTxTime=false;
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_tune) stop_tuning ();
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_auto) auto_tx_mode (false);
|
|
|
|
|
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #ff0000}");
|
|
|
|
|
tx_status_label.setText ("Runaway Tx watchdog");
|
|
|
|
|
QApplication::alert (this);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
m_idleMinutes = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
update_watchdog_label ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (prior != triggered) statusUpdate ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::update_watchdog_label ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_config.watchdog () && !m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR"))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
watchdog_label.setText (QString {"WD:%1m"}.arg (m_config.watchdog () - m_idleMinutes));
|
|
|
|
|
watchdog_label.setVisible (true);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
watchdog_label.setText (QString {});
|
|
|
|
|
watchdog_label.setVisible (false);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-07-01 19:05:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_cbMenus_toggled(bool b)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-07-04 14:39:07 +00:00
|
|
|
hideMenus(!b);
|
2017-07-01 19:05:52 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2017-07-08 18:44:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-07-09 19:25:28 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_cbFirst_toggled(bool b)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (b) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_auto && CALLING == m_QSOProgress) {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbFirst->setStyleSheet ("QCheckBox{color:red}");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbFirst->setStyleSheet ("");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-07-09 19:25:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-07-10 14:24:33 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_cbAutoSeq_toggled(bool b)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if(!b) ui->cbFirst->setChecked(false);
|
|
|
|
|
ui->cbFirst->setVisible((m_mode=="FT8") and b);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::on_measure_check_box_stateChanged (int state)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-14 18:24:19 +00:00
|
|
|
m_config.enable_calibration (Qt::Checked != state);
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-07-08 18:44:42 +00:00
|
|
|
void MainWindow::write_transmit_entry (QString const& file_name)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QFile f {m_config.writeable_data_dir ().absoluteFilePath (file_name)};
|
|
|
|
|
if (f.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QTextStream out(&f);
|
|
|
|
|
auto time = QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc ();
|
|
|
|
|
time = time.addSecs (-(time.time ().second () % m_TRperiod));
|
|
|
|
|
out << time.toString("yyMMdd_hhmmss")
|
|
|
|
|
<< " Transmitting " << qSetRealNumberPrecision (12) << (m_freqNominal / 1.e6)
|
|
|
|
|
<< " MHz " << m_modeTx
|
|
|
|
|
<< ": " << m_currentMessage << endl;
|
|
|
|
|
f.close();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
auto const& message = tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for append: %2")
|
|
|
|
|
.arg (f.fileName ()).arg (f.errorString ());
|
|
|
|
|
#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050400
|
|
|
|
|
QTimer::singleShot (0, [=] { // don't block guiUpdate
|
|
|
|
|
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Log File Error"), message);
|
|
|
|
|
});
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Log File Error"), message);
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
